1*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. 2*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. 4*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi 5*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\texinfoversion{2004-11-25.16} 7*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 8*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 9*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software 10*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Foundation, Inc. 11*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 12*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 13*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 14*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at 15*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% your option) any later version. 16*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 17*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be 18*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty 19*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU 20*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% General Public License for more details. 21*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 22*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 23*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write 24*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, 25*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. 26*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 27*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing 28*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without 29*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) 30*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 31*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug 32*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% reports; you can get the latest version from: 33*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or 34*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex 35*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). 36*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out 37*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. 38*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 39*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a 40*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the 41*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. 42*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 43*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the 44*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple 45*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: 46*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% tex foo.texi 47*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% texindex foo.?? 48*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% tex foo.texi 49*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% tex foo.texi 50*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. 51*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. 52*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more 53*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. 54*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 55*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some 56*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the 57*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% full Texinfo distribution. 58*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 59*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. 60*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 61*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 62*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} 63*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 64*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If in a .fmt file, print the version number 65*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because 66*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% they might have appeared in the input file name. 67*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% 68*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} 69*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 70*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{Basics,} 71*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\other=12 72*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 73*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. 74*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. 75*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\+ = \relax 76*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 77*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. 78*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexb=\b 79*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexbullet=\bullet 80*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexc=\c 81*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexcomma=\, 82*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexdot=\. 83*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexdots=\dots 84*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexend=\end 85*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexequiv=\equiv 86*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexexclam=\! 87*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote 88*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexgtr=> 89*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexhat=^ 90*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexi=\i 91*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexindent=\indent 92*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexinsert=\insert 93*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexlbrace=\{ 94*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexless=< 95*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite 96*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent 97*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexplus=+ 98*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexrbrace=\} 99*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexslash=\/ 100*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptexstar=\* 101*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ptext=\t 102*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 103*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it 104*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% starts a new line in the output. 105*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newlinechar = `^^J 106*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 107*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error 108*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. 109*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 110*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined 111*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. 112*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\else 113*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} 114*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 115*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 116*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. 117*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi 118*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi 119*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi 120*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi 121*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi 122*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi 123*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi 124*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi 125*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi 126*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi 127*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi 128*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi 129*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi 130*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi 131*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi 132*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi 133*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi 134*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi 135*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi 136*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 137*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi 138*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi 139*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi 140*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi 141*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi 142*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi 143*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi 144*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi 145*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi 146*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi 147*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi 148*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi 149*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 150*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi 151*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi 152*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi 153*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi 154*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi 155*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 156*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is 157*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% in some cases the escape char. 158*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\colonChar = `\: 159*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\commaChar = `\, 160*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\dotChar = `\. 161*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\exclamChar= `\! 162*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\questChar = `\? 163*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\semiChar = `\; 164*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\underChar = `\_ 165*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 166*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\spaceChar = `\ % 167*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\spacecat = 10 168*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat} 169*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 170*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Ignore a token. 171*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 172*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\gobble#1{} 173*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 174*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The following is used inside several \edef's. 175*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} 176*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 177*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Hyphenation fixes. 178*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\hyphenation{ 179*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script 180*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps 181*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script 182*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm 183*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces 184*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM spell-ing spell-ings 185*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space 186*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM wide-spread wrap-around 187*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 188*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 189*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. 190*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\bindingoffset 191*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\normaloffset 192*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight 193*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 194*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For a final copy, take out the rectangles 195*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided 196*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). 197*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 198*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} 199*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 200*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should 201*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the 202*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would 203*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main 204*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). 205*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 206*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\|{% 207*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. 208*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leavevmode 209*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 210*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. 211*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vadjust{% 212*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current 213*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. 214*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip-\baselineskip 215*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 216*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So 217*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. 218*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \llap{% 219*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 220*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. 221*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt 222*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 223*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This is the space between the bar and the text. 224*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hskip 12pt 225*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 226*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 227*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 228*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 229*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file 230*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, 231*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make 232*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log 233*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. 234*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 235*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% 236*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\loggingall{% 237*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingstats2 238*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingpages1 239*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex 240*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingparagraphs1 241*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingoutput1 242*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingmacros2 243*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingrestores1 244*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen 245*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging 246*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingscantokens1 247*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingifs1 248*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracinggroups1 249*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingnesting2 250*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingassigns1 251*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 252*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex 253*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errorcontextlines16 254*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}% 255*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 256*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing 257*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. 258*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 259*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount 260*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} 261*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount 262*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} 263*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount 264*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} 265*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 266*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For @cropmarks command. 267*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. 268*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 269*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifcropmarks 270*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue 271*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 272*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. 273*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 274*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 275*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines 276*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc 277*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt 278*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in 279*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 280*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Main output routine. 281*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\PAGE = 255 282*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} 283*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 284*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newbox\headlinebox 285*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newbox\footlinebox 286*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 287*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents 288*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. 289*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\onepageout#1{% 290*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi 291*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 292*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset 293*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi 294*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 295*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in 296*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). 297*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% 298*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% 299*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 300*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 301*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to 302*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends 303*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % before the \shipout runs. 304*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 305*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. 306*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. 307*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normalturnoffactive % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if 308*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example. 309*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \shipout\vbox{% 310*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. 311*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi 312*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 313*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup 314*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize = \outerhsize 315*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip-\topandbottommargin 316*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vtop to0pt{% 317*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% 318*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nointerlineskip 319*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \line{% 320*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% 321*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfill 322*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% 323*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 324*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vss}% 325*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip\topandbottommargin 326*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \line\bgroup 327*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. 328*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi 329*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox\bgroup 330*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 331*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 332*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unvbox\headlinebox 333*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pagebody{#1}% 334*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt 335*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. 336*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) 337*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. 338*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip 2\baselineskip 339*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unvbox\footlinebox 340*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 341*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 342*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcropmarks 343*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup 344*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup 345*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill 346*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick 347*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox to0pt{\vss 348*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \line{% 349*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% 350*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfill 351*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% 352*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 353*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nointerlineskip 354*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% 355*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 356*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause 357*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 358*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% end of \shipout\vbox 359*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive 360*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advancepageno 361*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi 362*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 363*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 364*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen 365*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 366*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} 367*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`\@ =11 368*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi 369*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) 370*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present 371*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi 372*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 373*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi 374*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} 375*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 376*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 377*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are 378*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize 379*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) 380*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 381*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} 382*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\nstop{\vbox 383*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} 384*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} 385*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\nsbot{\vbox 386*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} 387*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 388*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of 389*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a 390*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. 391*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 392*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} 393*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\parseargusing#1#2{% 394*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\next{#2}% 395*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 396*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeylines 397*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \spaceisspace 398*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #1% 399*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. 400*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 401*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 402*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\obeylines % 403*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% 404*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. 405*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% 406*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 407*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 408*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 409*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. 410*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} 411*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} 412*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 413*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space. 414*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 415*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., 416*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @end itemize @c foo 417*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed 418*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% by \finishparsearg. 419*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 420*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} 421*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} 422*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% 423*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#3}% 424*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\empty 425*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run; 426*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % thus we reuse \temp. 427*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\temp\finishparsearg 428*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 429*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\temp\argcheckspaces 430*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 431*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Put the space token in: 432*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm 433*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 434*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 435*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so 436*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. 437*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, 438*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% just before passing the control to \next. 439*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is 440*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger 441*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% that a pair of braces would be stripped. 442*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 443*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. 444*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 445*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}} 446*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 447*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \parseargdef\foo{...} 448*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% is roughly equivalent to 449*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} 450*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \def\Xfoo#1{...} 451*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 452*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my 453*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 454*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 455*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\parseargdef#1{% 456*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% 457*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 458*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% 459*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def#2{\parsearg#1}% 460*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def#1##1% 461*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 462*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 463*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Several utility definitions with active space: 464*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 465*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeyspaces 466*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\obeyedspace{ } 467*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 468*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword 469*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this 470*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input 471*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % should produce a line of output anyway. 472*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 473*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} 474*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 475*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces 476*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the 477*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). 478*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} 479*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 480*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 481*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 482*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} 483*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 484*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: 485*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 486*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \envdef\foo{...} 487*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \def\Efoo{...} 488*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 489*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the 490*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also 491*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks 492*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be 493*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. 494*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 495*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they 496*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The 497*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this 498*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% special case.) 499*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 500*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 501*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% At runtime, environments start with this: 502*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} 503*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% initialize 504*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\thisenv\empty 505*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 506*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': 507*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} 508*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} 509*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 510*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Check whether we're in the right environment: 511*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\checkenv#1{% 512*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 513*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\thisenv\temp 514*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 515*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \badenverr 516*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 517*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 518*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 519*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: 520*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\badenverr{% 521*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errhelp = \EMsimple 522*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, 523*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM not \inenvironment\thisenv}% 524*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 525*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\inenvironment#1{% 526*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx#1\empty 527*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM out of any environment% 528*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 529*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM in environment \expandafter\string#1% 530*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 531*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 532*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 533*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. 534*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv 535*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 536*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\end{% 537*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname 538*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 539*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 540*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname 541*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname E#1\endcsname 542*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 543*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 544*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 545*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 546*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} 547*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 548*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 549*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% Simple single-character @ commands 550*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 551*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @@ prints an @ 552*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). 553*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\@{{\tt\char64}} 554*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 555*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is turned off because it was never documented 556*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. 557*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' 558*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% but suppressing ligatures. 559*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\def\`{{`}} 560*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\def\'{{'}} 561*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 562*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Used to generate quoted braces. 563*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} 564*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} 565*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\{=\mylbrace 566*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\}=\myrbrace 567*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\begingroup 568*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, 569*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % and @{ and @} for the aux file. 570*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other 571*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 572*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other 573*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% 574*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% 575*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% 576*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% 577*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM!endgroup 578*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 579*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. 580*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\comma = , 581*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 582*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent 583*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. 584*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\, = \c 585*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\dotaccent = \. 586*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} 587*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\tieaccent = \t 588*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ubaraccent = \b 589*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\udotaccent = \d 590*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 591*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm 592*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. 593*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\questiondown{?`} 594*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\exclamdown{!`} 595*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} 596*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} 597*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 598*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. 599*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\imacro{i} 600*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\jmacro{j} 601*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dotless#1{% 602*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 603*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi 604*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j 605*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% 606*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi 607*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 608*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 609*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a 610*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) 611*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 612*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } 613*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 614*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in 615*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most 616*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using 617*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and 618*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \scriptscriptstyle). 619*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 620*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\LaTeX{% 621*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM L\kern-.36em 622*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% 623*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% 624*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern-.15em 625*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \TeX 626*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 627*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 628*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space 629*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space 630*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and 631*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the 632*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. 633*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`@ = 11 634*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble 635*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % if the definition is written into an index file. 636*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M 637*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } 638*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 639*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 640*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @: forces normal size whitespace following. 641*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } 642*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 643*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @* forces a line break. 644*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} 645*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 646*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @/ allows a line break. 647*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\/=\allowbreak 648*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 649*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @. is an end-of-sentence period. 650*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 } 651*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 652*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. 653*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 } 654*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 655*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @? is an end-of-sentence query. 656*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 } 657*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 658*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the 659*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would 660*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. 661*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} 662*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 663*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing 664*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box 665*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for 666*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is 667*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, 668*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and 669*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the text is small, which looks bad. 670*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 671*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can 672*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it 673*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an 674*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The 675*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit 676*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). 677*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 678*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newbox\groupbox 679*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\vfilllimit{0.7} 680*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 681*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\group{% 682*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else 683*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp 684*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% 685*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 686*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startsavinginserts 687*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 688*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup 689*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as 690*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an 691*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after 692*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group 693*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo 694*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. 695*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \comment 696*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 697*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 698*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts 699*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) 700*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space 701*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% above. But it's pretty close. 702*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Egroup{% 703*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group 704*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. 705*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. 706*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth 707*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup % End the \vtop. 708*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. 709*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox 710*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). 711*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal 712*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big 713*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % group, force a page break. 714*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 715*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight 716*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \page 717*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 718*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 719*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \box\groupbox 720*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \prevdepth = \dimen1 721*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkinserts 722*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 723*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 724*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help 725*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. 726*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 727*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% 728*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COMgroup can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% 729*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COMwhere each line of input produces a line of output.} 730*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 731*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @need space-in-mils 732*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. 733*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 734*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in 735*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 736*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Old definition--didn't work. 737*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\parseargdef\need{\par % 738*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally 739*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% if the depth of the box does not fit. 740*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%{\baselineskip=0pt% 741*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak 742*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\prevdepth=-1000pt 743*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%}} 744*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 745*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\need{% 746*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a 747*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % paragraph. 748*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \par 749*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 750*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. 751*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen0 = #1\mil 752*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox 753*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox 754*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 755*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 756*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the 757*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. 758*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % And a page break here is fine. 759*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% 760*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 761*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the 762*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the 763*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider 764*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the 765*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. 766*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 767*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the 768*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in 769*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which 770*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing 771*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an 772*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real 773*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. 774*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \penalty9999 775*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 776*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. 777*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern -#1\mil 778*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 779*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. 780*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak 781*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 782*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 783*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 784*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). 785*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 786*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\br = \par 787*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 788*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @page forces the start of a new page. 789*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 790*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} 791*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 792*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @exdent text.... 793*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin 794*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 795*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. 796*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% That's how much \exdent should take out. 797*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\exdentamount 798*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 799*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. 800*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} 801*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 802*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. 803*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount 804*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} 805*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 806*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current 807*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion 808*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. 809*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 810*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm 811*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} 812*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 813*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% 814*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak 815*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern-\strutdepth 816*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vtop to \strutdepth{% 817*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \baselineskip=\strutdepth 818*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vss 819*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to 820*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. 821*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx#1l% 822*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% 823*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 824*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% 825*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 826*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \null 827*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 828*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 829*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} 830*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} 831*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 832*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} 833*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; 834*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% else use TEXT for both). 835*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 836*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} 837*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. 838*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 839*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt 840*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts 841*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\righttext{#2}% 842*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 843*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text 844*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\righttext{#1}% 845*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 846*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 847*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifodd\pageno 848*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin 849*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 850*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% 851*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 852*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \temp 853*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 854*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 855*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @include file insert text of that file as input. 856*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 857*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} 858*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\includezzz#1{% 859*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pushthisfilestack 860*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thisfile{#1}% 861*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 862*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 863*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{\input #1 }% 864*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter 865*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }\temp 866*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \popthisfilestack 867*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 868*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\filenamecatcodes{% 869*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\\=\other 870*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`~=\other 871*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`^=\other 872*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`_=\other 873*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`|=\other 874*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`<=\other 875*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`>=\other 876*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`+=\other 877*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`-=\other 878*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 879*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 880*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pushthisfilestack{% 881*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm 882*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 883*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pushthisfilestackX{% 884*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm 885*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 886*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% 887*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% 888*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 889*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 890*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} 891*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: 892*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM the stack of filenames is empty.}} 893*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 894*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\thisfile{} 895*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 896*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @center line 897*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% outputs that line, centered. 898*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 899*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\center{% 900*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifhmode 901*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next\centerH 902*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 903*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next\centerV 904*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 905*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% 906*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 907*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\centerH#1{% 908*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 909*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfil\break 910*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by -\leftskip 911*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by -\rightskip 912*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \line{#1}% 913*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \break 914*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 915*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 916*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} 917*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 918*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space 919*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 920*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} 921*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 922*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @comment ...line which is ignored... 923*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @c is the same as @comment 924*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment 925*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 926*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% 927*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% 928*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\commentxxx} 929*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} 930*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 931*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\c=\comment 932*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 933*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @paragraphindent NCHARS 934*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. 935*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. 936*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. 937*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 938*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords 939*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\noneword{none} 940*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 941*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% 942*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 943*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\asisword 944*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 945*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\noneword 946*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defaultparindent = 0pt 947*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 948*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defaultparindent = #1em 949*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 950*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 951*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent = \defaultparindent 952*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 953*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 954*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @exampleindent NCHARS 955*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. 956*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but 957*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. 958*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\exampleindent{% 959*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 960*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\asisword 961*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 962*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\noneword 963*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lispnarrowing = 0pt 964*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 965*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lispnarrowing = #1em 966*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 967*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 968*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 969*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 970*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @firstparagraphindent WORD 971*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph 972*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such 973*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% paragraphs. 974*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 975*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling 976*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. 977*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. 978*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% By default, we suppress indentation. 979*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 980*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} 981*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\insertword{insert} 982*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 983*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% 984*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 985*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\noneword 986*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent 987*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\temp\insertword 988*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax 989*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 990*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errhelp = \EMsimple 991*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% 992*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi 993*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 994*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 995*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to 996*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. 997*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 998*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next 999*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% paragraph. 1000*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1001*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% 1002*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\indent{% 1003*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \restorefirstparagraphindent 1004*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indent 1005*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1006*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\noindent{% 1007*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \restorefirstparagraphindent 1008*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noindent 1009*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1010*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\everypar = {% 1011*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern -\parindent 1012*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \restorefirstparagraphindent 1013*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1014*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1015*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1016*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% 1017*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global \let \indent = \ptexindent 1018*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent 1019*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global \everypar = {}% 1020*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1021*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1022*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1023*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. 1024*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1025*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\asis#1{#1} 1026*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1027*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @math outputs its argument in math mode. 1028*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1029*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean 1030*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make 1031*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, 1032*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% which is what @var uses. 1033*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 1034*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode\underChar = \active 1035*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\mathunderscore{% 1036*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode\underChar=\active 1037*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% 1038*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1039*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1040*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. 1041*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but 1042*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not 1043*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% otherwise define @\. 1044*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1045*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. 1046*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} 1047*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1048*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\math{% 1049*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tex 1050*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \mathunderscore 1051*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\\ = \mathbackslash 1052*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \mathactive 1053*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM $\finishmath 1054*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1055*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. 1056*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1057*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. 1058*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument 1059*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). 1060*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1061*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 1062*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`^ = \active 1063*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`< = \active 1064*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`> = \active 1065*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`+ = \active 1066*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\mathactive{% 1067*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let^ = \ptexhat 1068*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let< = \ptexless 1069*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let> = \ptexgtr 1070*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let+ = \ptexplus 1071*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1072*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1073*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1074*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. 1075*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} 1076*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\minus{$-$} 1077*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1078*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. 1079*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter 1080*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% font as three actual period characters. 1081*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1082*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dots{% 1083*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leavevmode 1084*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox to 1.5em{% 1085*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil 1086*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM .\hfil.\hfil.% 1087*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil 1088*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1089*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1090*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1091*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. 1092*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1093*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\enddots{% 1094*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dots 1095*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \spacefactor=3000 1096*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1097*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1098*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up 1099*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Texinfo's parsing. 1100*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1101*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\comma = , 1102*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1103*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @refill is a no-op. 1104*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\refill=\relax 1105*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1106*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to 1107*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. 1108*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). 1109*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1110*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. 1111*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\novalidate = \linksfalse 1112*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1113*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. 1114*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. 1115*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. 1116*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setfilename{% 1117*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. 1118*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iflinks 1119*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tryauxfile 1120*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. 1121*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux 1122*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. 1123*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openindices 1124*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. 1125*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1126*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. 1127*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. 1128*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openin 1 texinfo.cnf 1129*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi 1130*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \closein 1 1131*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1132*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \comment % Ignore the actual filename. 1133*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1134*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1135*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Called from \setfilename. 1136*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1137*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\openindices{% 1138*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newindex{cp}% 1139*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newcodeindex{fn}% 1140*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newcodeindex{vr}% 1141*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newcodeindex{tp}% 1142*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newcodeindex{ky}% 1143*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newcodeindex{pg}% 1144*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1145*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1146*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @bye. 1147*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} 1148*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1149*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1150*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{pdf,} 1151*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% adobe `portable' document format 1152*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\tempnum 1153*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\lnkcount 1154*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\filename 1155*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\filenamelength 1156*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\pgn 1157*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\toksA 1158*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\toksB 1159*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\toksC 1160*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\toksD 1161*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newbox\boxA 1162*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\countA 1163*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifpdf 1164*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest 1165*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1166*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 1167*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, 1168*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. 1169*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined 1170*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\else 1171*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\pdfoutput\relax 1172*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1173*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcase\pdfoutput 1174*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1175*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdftrue 1176*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1177*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1178*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 1179*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1180*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifpdf 1181*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input pdfcolor 1182*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% 1183*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% 1184*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\imagewidth{#2}% 1185*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\imageheight{#3}% 1186*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is 1187*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) 1188*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 1189*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\pdfimage 1190*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1191*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\pdfximage 1192*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1193*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi 1194*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi 1195*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 1196*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #1.pdf% 1197*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1198*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {#1.pdf}% 1199*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1200*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else 1201*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage 1202*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi} 1203*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% 1204*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code in a section title 1205*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % aren't expanded. 1206*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \atdummies 1207*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normalturnoffactive 1208*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfdest name{#1} xyz% 1209*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }} 1210*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1} 1211*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? 1212*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} 1213*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines 1214*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % come from Petr Olsak 1215*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% 1216*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} 1217*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax 1218*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\tempnum by 1 1219*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} 1220*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1221*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % #1 is the section text. #2 is the pdf expression for the number 1222*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node 1223*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % text, which might be empty if this toc entry had no 1224*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % corresponding node. #4 is the page number. 1225*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1226*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% 1227*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the 1228*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % page number. We could generate a destination for the section 1229*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't 1230*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % seem worthwhile, since most documents are normally structured. 1231*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% 1232*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}\fi 1233*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1234*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{#1}% 1235*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1236*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1237*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% 1238*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 1239*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks 1240*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace 1241*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace 1242*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1243*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. 1244*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% 1245*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thischapnum{##2}% 1246*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thissecnum{0}% 1247*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thissubsecnum{0}% 1248*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1249*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% 1250*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% 1251*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thissecnum{##2}% 1252*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thissubsecnum{0}% 1253*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1254*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% 1255*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% 1256*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% 1257*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1258*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% 1259*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% 1260*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1261*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thischapnum{0}% 1262*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thissecnum{0}% 1263*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thissubsecnum{0}% 1264*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1265*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et 1266*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % al. a second time, below. 1267*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% 1268*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% 1269*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% 1270*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% 1271*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% 1272*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% 1273*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% 1274*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% 1275*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input \jobname.toc 1276*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1277*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. 1278*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of 1279*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. 1280*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1281*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We use the node names as the destinations. 1282*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% 1283*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% 1284*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% 1285*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% 1286*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% 1287*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% 1288*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero 1289*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% 1290*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1291*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of 1292*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, 1293*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from 1294*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from 1295*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. 1296*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1297*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to 1298*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right 1299*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. 1300*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indexnofonts 1301*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \turnoffactive 1302*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input \jobname.toc 1303*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 1304*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1305*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1306*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\makelinks #1,{% 1307*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}% 1308*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\params\E 1309*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nextmakelinks=\relax 1310*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1311*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks 1312*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi 1313*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \picknum{#1}% 1314*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} 1315*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}% 1316*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \linkcolor #1% 1317*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\lnkcount by 1% 1318*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endlink 1319*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1320*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nextmakelinks 1321*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1322*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1} 1323*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pn#1{% 1324*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\p{#1}% 1325*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\p\lbrace 1326*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nextpn=\ppn 1327*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1328*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nextpn=\ppnn 1329*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\first{#1} 1330*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1331*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nextpn 1332*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1333*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble} 1334*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first} 1335*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,} 1336*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% 1337*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax 1338*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces 1339*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% 1340*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\filenamelength by 1 1341*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1342*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1343*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nextsp} 1344*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} 1345*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 1346*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let \startlink \pdfannotlink 1347*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1348*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let \startlink \pdfstartlink 1349*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1350*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdfurl#1{% 1351*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 1352*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% 1353*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 1354*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leavevmode\Red 1355*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% 1356*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% 1357*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup} 1358*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} 1359*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} 1360*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} 1361*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} 1362*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\maketoks{% 1363*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax 1364*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\first0\adn0 1365*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 1366*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 1367*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 1368*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1369*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi 1370*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else 1371*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next=\maketoks 1372*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} 1373*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi 1374*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1375*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi 1376*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next} 1377*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% 1378*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} 1379*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pdflink#1{% 1380*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} 1381*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \linkcolor #1\endlink} 1382*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} 1383*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\else 1384*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble 1385*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\pdfurl = \gobble 1386*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\endlink = \relax 1387*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\linkcolor = \relax 1388*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax 1389*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput 1390*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1391*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1392*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{fonts,} 1393*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1394*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. 1395*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in 1396*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% italics, not bold italics. 1397*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1398*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setfontstyle#1{% 1399*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. 1400*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font 1401*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1402*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1403*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Select #1 fonts with the current style. 1404*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1405*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} 1406*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1407*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} 1408*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} 1409*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} 1410*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} 1411*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} 1412*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1413*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. 1414*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% So we set up a \sf. 1415*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newfam\sffam 1416*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} 1417*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. 1418*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1419*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We don't need math for this font style. 1420*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} 1421*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1422*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Default leading. 1423*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt 1424*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1425*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size 1426*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers 1427*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. 1428*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1429*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} 1430*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} 1431*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} 1432*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1433*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setleading#1{% 1434*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax 1435*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip 1436*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normalbaselines 1437*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% 1438*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip 1439*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip 1440*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1441*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1442*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1443*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the 1444*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). 1445*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor 1446*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} 1447*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1448*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Use cm as the default font prefix. 1449*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix 1450*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% before you read in texinfo.tex. 1451*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\fontprefix\undefined 1452*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\fontprefix{cm} 1453*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 1454*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. 1455*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\rmshape{r} 1456*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold 1457*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\bfshape{b} 1458*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\bxshape{bx} 1459*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ttshape{tt} 1460*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ttbshape{tt} 1461*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ttslshape{sltt} 1462*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\itshape{ti} 1463*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\itbshape{bxti} 1464*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\slshape{sl} 1465*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\slbshape{bxsl} 1466*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\sfshape{ss} 1467*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\sfbshape{ss} 1468*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\scshape{csc} 1469*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\scbshape{csc} 1470*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1471*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). 1472*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\textnominalsize{11pt} 1473*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} 1474*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1475*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1476*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1477*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1478*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1479*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1480*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1481*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} 1482*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep 1483*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep 1484*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1485*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% A few fonts for @defun names and args. 1486*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} 1487*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} 1488*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} 1489*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} 1490*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1491*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). 1492*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} 1493*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} 1494*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} 1495*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} 1496*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} 1497*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} 1498*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} 1499*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} 1500*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} 1501*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\smalli=cmmi9 1502*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\smallsy=cmsy9 1503*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1504*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Fonts for small examples (8pt). 1505*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} 1506*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} 1507*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} 1508*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} 1509*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} 1510*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} 1511*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} 1512*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} 1513*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} 1514*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\smalleri=cmmi8 1515*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\smallersy=cmsy8 1516*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1517*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): 1518*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} 1519*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} 1520*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} 1521*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} 1522*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} 1523*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} 1524*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} 1525*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\titlebf=\titlerm 1526*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} 1527*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 1528*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 1529*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\authorrm{\secrm} 1530*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\authortt{\sectt} 1531*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1532*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). 1533*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} 1534*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} 1535*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} 1536*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} 1537*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} 1538*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} 1539*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} 1540*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\chapbf=\chaprm 1541*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} 1542*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 1543*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 1544*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1545*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Section fonts (14.4pt). 1546*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\secnominalsize{14pt} 1547*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} 1548*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} 1549*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} 1550*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} 1551*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} 1552*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} 1553*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\secbf\secrm 1554*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} 1555*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 1556*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 1557*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1558*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). 1559*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} 1560*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} 1561*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} 1562*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} 1563*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} 1564*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} 1565*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} 1566*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\ssecbf\ssecrm 1567*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} 1568*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf 1569*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 1570*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1571*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). 1572*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} 1573*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} 1574*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} 1575*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} 1576*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} 1577*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} 1578*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} 1579*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} 1580*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} 1581*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\reducedi=cmmi10 1582*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 1583*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1584*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, 1585*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since 1586*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except 1587*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and 1588*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). 1589*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1590*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\resetmathfonts{% 1591*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy 1592*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf 1593*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf 1594*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1595*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1596*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead 1597*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the 1598*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire 1599*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. 1600*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1601*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) 1602*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in 1603*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. 1604*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1605*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This all needs generalizing, badly. 1606*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1607*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\textfonts{% 1608*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl 1609*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc 1610*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy 1611*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\textttsl 1612*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{text}% 1613*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% 1614*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} 1615*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\titlefonts{% 1616*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl 1617*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc 1618*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy 1619*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl 1620*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{title}% 1621*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% 1622*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} 1623*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} 1624*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapfonts{% 1625*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl 1626*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc 1627*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy 1628*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl 1629*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{chap}% 1630*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% 1631*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} 1632*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\secfonts{% 1633*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl 1634*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc 1635*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy 1636*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\secttsl 1637*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{sec}% 1638*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% 1639*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} 1640*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\subsecfonts{% 1641*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl 1642*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc 1643*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy 1644*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl 1645*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{ssec}% 1646*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% 1647*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} 1648*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts 1649*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\reducedfonts{% 1650*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl 1651*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc 1652*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy 1653*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl 1654*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{reduced}% 1655*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% 1656*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} 1657*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smallfonts{% 1658*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl 1659*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc 1660*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy 1661*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl 1662*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{small}% 1663*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% 1664*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} 1665*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smallerfonts{% 1666*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl 1667*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc 1668*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy 1669*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl 1670*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\curfontsize{smaller}% 1671*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% 1672*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} 1673*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1674*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. 1675*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts 1676*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1677*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample 1678*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% can fit this many characters: 1679*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 1680*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: 1681*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 1682*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth 1683*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. 1684*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1685*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): 1686*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 1687*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1688*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% I wish the USA used A4 paper. 1689*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% --karl, 24jan03. 1690*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1691*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1692*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. 1693*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1694*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\textfonts \rm 1695*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1696*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. 1697*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\angleleft{$\langle$} 1698*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\angleright{$\rangle$} 1699*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1700*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks 1701*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 1702*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1703*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Fonts for short table of contents. 1704*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} 1705*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 1706*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} 1707*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} 1708*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1709*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans 1710*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic 1711*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1712*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction 1713*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% unless the following character is such as not to need one. 1714*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else 1715*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} 1716*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} 1717*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} 1718*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1719*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. 1720*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @var is set to this for defun arguments. 1721*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} 1722*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1723*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want 1724*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% ttsl for book titles, do we? 1725*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} 1726*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1727*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\i=\smartitalic 1728*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\slanted=\smartslanted 1729*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\var=\smartslanted 1730*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\dfn=\smartslanted 1731*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\emph=\smartitalic 1732*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1733*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @b, explicit bold. 1734*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} 1735*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\strong=\b 1736*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1737*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @sansserif, explicit sans. 1738*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} 1739*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1740*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at 1741*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the 1742*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. 1743*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1744*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} 1745*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } 1746*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1747*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. 1748*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and 1749*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. 1750*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1751*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`@=11 1752*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\frenchspacing{% 1753*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m 1754*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m 1755*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1756*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`@=\other 1757*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1758*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\t#1{% 1759*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}% 1760*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \null 1761*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1762*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} 1763*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} 1764*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\keysy=cmsy9 1765*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% 1766*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% 1767*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt 1768*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% 1769*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% 1770*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} 1771*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The old definition, with no lozenge: 1772*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} 1773*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} 1774*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1775*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @file, @option are the same as @samp. 1776*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\file=\samp 1777*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\option=\samp 1778*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1779*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @code is a modification of @t, 1780*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. 1781*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tclose#1{% 1782*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 1783*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. 1784*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font 1785*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1786*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Switch to typewriter. 1787*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tt 1788*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1789*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. 1790*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% 1791*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1792*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Turn off hyphenation. 1793*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nohyphenation 1794*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1795*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rawbackslash 1796*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \frenchspacing 1797*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #1% 1798*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 1799*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \null 1800*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1801*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1802*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. 1803*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes 1804*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. 1805*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1806*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control 1807*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. 1808*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) 1809*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. 1810*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% -- rms. 1811*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 1812*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\-=\active 1813*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\_=\active 1814*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1815*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\def\code{\begingroup 1816*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash 1817*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder 1818*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \codex 1819*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 1820*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1821*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1822*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\realdash{-} 1823*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} 1824*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\codeunder{% 1825*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ 1826*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) 1827*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us 1828*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. 1829*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifusingtt{\ifmmode 1830*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. 1831*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\normalunderscore \fi 1832*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \discretionary{}{}{}}% 1833*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\_}% 1834*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1835*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} 1836*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1837*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, 1838*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% then @kbd has no effect. 1839*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1840*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), 1841*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), 1842*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). 1843*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% 1844*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\arg{#1}% 1845*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\arg\worddistinct 1846*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% 1847*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\arg\wordexample 1848*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% 1849*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\arg\wordcode 1850*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% 1851*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1852*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errhelp = \EMsimple 1853*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}% 1854*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi 1855*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1856*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\worddistinct{distinct} 1857*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\wordexample{example} 1858*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\wordcode{code} 1859*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1860*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Default is `distinct.' 1861*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\kbdinputstyle distinct 1862*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1863*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xkey{\key} 1864*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% 1865*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% 1866*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi 1867*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} 1868*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1869*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. 1870*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\indicateurl=\code 1871*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\env=\code 1872*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\command=\code 1873*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1874*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) 1875*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third 1876*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url 1877*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in 1878*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% a hypertex \special here. 1879*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1880*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} 1881*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup 1882*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unsepspaces 1883*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfurl{#1}% 1884*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% 1885*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt 1886*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that 1887*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1888*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 1889*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt 1890*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdf 1891*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it 1892*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1893*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url 1894*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1895*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 1896*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \code{#1}% only url given, so show it 1897*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1898*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1899*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endlink 1900*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 1901*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1902*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. 1903*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1904*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\url=\uref 1905*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1906*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. 1907*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. 1908*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1909*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} 1910*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifpdf 1911*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} 1912*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup 1913*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unsepspaces 1914*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% 1915*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 1916*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi 1917*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endlink 1918*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup} 1919*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\else 1920*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\email=\uref 1921*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 1922*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1923*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the 1924*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and 1925*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have 1926*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% this property, we can check that font parameter. 1927*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1928*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } 1929*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1930*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the 1931*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. 1932*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1933*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} 1934*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1935*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} 1936*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1937*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', 1938*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for 1939*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. 1940*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} 1941*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1942*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. 1943*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font 1944*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font 1945*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font 1946*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1947*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. 1948*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for 1949*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% all-uppercase. 1950*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1951*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} 1952*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% 1953*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% 1954*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#2}% 1955*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\empty \else 1956*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% 1957*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1958*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1959*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1960*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. 1961*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. 1962*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1963*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} 1964*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% 1965*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\frenchspacing #1}% 1966*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#2}% 1967*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\empty \else 1968*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% 1969*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 1970*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 1971*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1972*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. 1973*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1974*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pounds{{\it\$}} 1975*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 1976*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. 1977*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik 1978*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and 1979*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). 1980*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. 1981*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1982*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore 1983*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular 1984*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% font height. 1985*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1986*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% feymr - regular 1987*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% feymo - slanted 1988*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% feybr - bold 1989*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% feybo - bold slanted 1990*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1991*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. 1992*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. 1993*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Hmm. 1994*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1995*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? 1996*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Hope not. 1997*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1998*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1999*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} 2000*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\eurofont{% 2001*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in 2002*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that 2003*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % installations which never need the symbold don't have to have the 2004*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % font installed. 2005*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2006*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale 2007*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % that to the current nominal size. 2008*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2009*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but 2010*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. 2011*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2012*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% 2013*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2014*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename 2015*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % bold: 2016*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize 2017*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2018*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % regular: 2019*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize 2020*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2021*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \thiseurofont 2022*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2023*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2024*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really 2025*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. 2026*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. 2027*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2028*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\registeredsymbol{% 2029*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% 2030*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% 2031*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }$% 2032*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2033*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2034*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: 2035*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 2036*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% so we'll define it if necessary. 2037*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2038*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\Orb\undefined 2039*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} 2040*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 2041*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2042*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2043*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{page headings,} 2044*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2045*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in 2046*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc 2047*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2048*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. 2049*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifseenauthor 2050*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\iffinishedtitlepage 2051*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2052*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the 2053*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. 2054*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2055*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage 2056*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue 2057*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage 2058*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue 2059*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2060*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% 2061*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} 2062*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2063*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\titlepage{% 2064*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. 2065*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 2066*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=0pt \textfonts 2067*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Leave some space at the very top of the page. 2068*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vglue\titlepagetopglue 2069*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. 2070*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \finishedtitlepagetrue 2071*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2072*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space 2073*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. 2074*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\oldpage = \page 2075*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\page{% 2076*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iffinishedtitlepage\else 2077*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \finishtitlepage 2078*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2079*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\page = \oldpage 2080*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \page 2081*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \null 2082*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2083*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2084*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2085*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Etitlepage{% 2086*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iffinishedtitlepage\else 2087*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \finishtitlepage 2088*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2089*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, 2090*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. 2091*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page 2092*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. 2093*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \oldpage 2094*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 2095*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2096*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are 2097*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. 2098*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \HEADINGSon 2099*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2100*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If they want short, they certainly want long too. 2101*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage 2102*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \shortcontents 2103*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contents 2104*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\shortcontents = \relax 2105*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\contents = \relax 2106*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2107*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2108*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage 2109*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contents 2110*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\contents = \relax 2111*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\shortcontents = \relax 2112*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2113*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2114*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2115*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\finishtitlepage{% 2116*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize 2117*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip\titlepagebottomglue 2118*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \finishedtitlepagetrue 2119*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2120*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2121*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: 2122*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2123*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm 2124*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} 2125*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2126*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines 2127*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tt=\authortt} 2128*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2129*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\title{% 2130*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkenv\titlepage 2131*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} 2132*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % print a rule at the page bottom also. 2133*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \finishedtitlepagefalse 2134*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt 2135*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2136*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2137*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\subtitle{% 2138*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkenv\titlepage 2139*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% 2140*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2141*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2142*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @author should come last, but may come many times. 2143*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It can also be used inside @quotation. 2144*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2145*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\author{% 2146*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{\quotation}% 2147*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\thisenv\temp 2148*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. 2149*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2150*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkenv\titlepage 2151*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi 2152*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% 2153*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2154*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2155*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2156*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2157*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Set up page headings and footings. 2158*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2159*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\thispage=\folio 2160*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2161*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages 2162*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages 2163*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages 2164*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages 2165*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2166*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Now make TeX use those variables 2167*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline 2168*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} 2169*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline 2170*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} 2171*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\HEADINGShook=\relax 2172*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2173*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Commands to set those variables. 2174*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For example, this is what @headings on does 2175*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter 2176*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle 2177*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @evenfooting @thisfile|| 2178*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @oddfooting ||@thisfile 2179*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2180*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2181*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} 2182*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} 2183*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% 2184*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} 2185*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2186*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} 2187*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} 2188*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% 2189*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} 2190*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2191*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% 2192*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2193*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} 2194*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} 2195*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% 2196*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} 2197*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2198*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} 2199*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} 2200*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% 2201*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% 2202*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2203*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume 2204*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. 2205*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip 2206*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip 2207*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2208*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2209*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} 2210*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2211*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2212*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. 2213*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. 2214*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headings off turns them off. 2215*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. 2216*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. 2217*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. 2218*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. 2219*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% By default, they are off at the start of a document, 2220*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. 2221*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2222*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} 2223*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2224*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSoff{% 2225*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} 2226*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} 2227*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\HEADINGSoff 2228*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. 2229*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, 2230*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document 2231*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top 2232*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% edge of all pages. 2233*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSdouble{% 2234*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\pageno=1 2235*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenfootline={\hfil} 2236*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddfootline={\hfil} 2237*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} 2238*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} 2239*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage 2240*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2241*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager 2242*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2243*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, 2244*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% page number on top right. 2245*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSsingle{% 2246*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\pageno=1 2247*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenfootline={\hfil} 2248*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddfootline={\hfil} 2249*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} 2250*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} 2251*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager 2252*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2253*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} 2254*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2255*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} 2256*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter 2257*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% 2258*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenfootline={\hfil} 2259*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddfootline={\hfil} 2260*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} 2261*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} 2262*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage 2263*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2264*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2265*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} 2266*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% 2267*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenfootline={\hfil} 2268*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddfootline={\hfil} 2269*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} 2270*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} 2271*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager 2272*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2273*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2274*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subroutines used in generating headings 2275*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This produces Day Month Year style of output. 2276*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set 2277*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). 2278*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\today\undefined 2279*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\today{% 2280*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \number\day\space 2281*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcase\month 2282*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr 2283*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug 2284*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec 2285*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2286*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \space\number\year} 2287*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 2288*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2289*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. 2290*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It generates no output of its own. 2291*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} 2292*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} 2293*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2294*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2295*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{tables,} 2296*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). 2297*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2298*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% default indentation of table text 2299*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in 2300*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text 2301*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in 2302*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% margin between end of table item and start of table text. 2303*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in 2304*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2305*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin 2306*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\itemmax 2307*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2308*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with 2309*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% these defs. 2310*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% They also define \itemindex 2311*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). 2312*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2313*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip 2314*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2315*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} 2316*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2317*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} 2318*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} 2319*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2320*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % 2321*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by -\rightskip 2322*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by -\tableindent 2323*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% 2324*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemindex{#1}% 2325*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. 2326*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2327*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line 2328*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that 2329*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next 2330*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the 2331*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. 2332*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax 2333*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2334*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, 2335*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % but leave it ragged-right. 2336*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 2337*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent 2338*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by\tableindent 2339*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil 2340*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leavevmode\unhbox0\par 2341*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 2342*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2343*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the 2344*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. 2345*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak \vskip-\parskip 2346*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2347*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if 2348*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no 2349*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would 2350*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this 2351*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert 2352*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. 2353*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2354*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \penalty 10001 2355*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 2356*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse 2357*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2358*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the 2359*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. 2360*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noindent 2361*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in 2362*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and 2363*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % eventually be printed. 2364*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\kern-\tableindent 2365*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 2366*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unhbox0 2367*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\kern\dimen0 2368*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 2369*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue 2370*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2371*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2372*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2373*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} 2374*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} 2375*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2376*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @table, @ftable, @vtable. 2377*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\table{% 2378*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\itemindex\gobble 2379*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tablecheck{table}% 2380*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2381*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\ftable{% 2382*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% 2383*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tablecheck{ftable}% 2384*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2385*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\vtable{% 2386*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% 2387*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tablecheck{vtable}% 2388*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2389*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tablecheck#1{% 2390*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active 2391*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 2392*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is 2393*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% 2394*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% 2395*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2396*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next\tablex 2397*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2398*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next 2399*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2400*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tablex#1{% 2401*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\itemindicate{#1}% 2402*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parsearg\tabley 2403*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2404*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tabley#1{% 2405*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 2406*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 2407*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% 2408*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter 2409*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }\temp \endtablez 2410*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2411*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% 2412*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \aboveenvbreak 2413*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi 2414*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi 2415*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi 2416*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemmax=\tableindent 2417*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin 2418*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance \leftskip by \tableindent 2419*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \exdentamount=\tableindent 2420*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent = 0pt 2421*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = \smallskipamount 2422*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi 2423*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\item = \internalBitem 2424*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\itemx = \internalBitemx 2425*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2426*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} 2427*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\Eftable\Etable 2428*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\Evtable\Etable 2429*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\Eitemize\Etable 2430*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\Eenumerate\Etable 2431*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2432*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize 2433*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2434*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount \itemno 2435*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2436*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} 2437*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2438*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doitemize#1{% 2439*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \aboveenvbreak 2440*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemmax=\itemindent 2441*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin 2442*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\leftskip by \itemindent 2443*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \exdentamount=\itemindent 2444*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=0pt 2445*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip=\smallskipamount 2446*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi 2447*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\itemcontents{#1}% 2448*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. 2449*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi 2450*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\item=\itemizeitem 2451*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2452*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2453*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. 2454*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2455*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\itemizeitem{% 2456*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations 2457*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break 2458*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 2459*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a 2460*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have 2461*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero 2462*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the 2463*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there 2464*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much 2465*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least 2466*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % that's the theory. 2467*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi 2468*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noindent 2469*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% 2470*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. 2471*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \flushcr 2472*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2473*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2474*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in 2475*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. 2476*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2477*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% 2478*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2479*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, 2480*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No 2481*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% argument is the same as `1'. 2482*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2483*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} 2484*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% 2485*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. 2486*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thearg{#1}% 2487*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi 2488*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2489*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a 2490*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. 2491*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. 2492*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at 2493*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) 2494*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark 2495*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\rest\empty 2496*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. 2497*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. 2498*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and 2499*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % not equal to itself. 2500*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. 2501*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2502*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from 2503*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % continuing to look for a <number>. 2504*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2505*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax 2506*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) 2507*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2508*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % It's a letter. 2509*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax 2510*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter 2511*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2512*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter 2513*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2514*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2515*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2516*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. 2517*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \numericenumerate 2518*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2519*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2520*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2521*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is 2522*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% given in \thearg. 2523*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2524*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numericenumerate{% 2525*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemno = \thearg 2526*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% 2527*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2528*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2529*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. 2530*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\lowercaseenumerate{% 2531*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg 2532*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startenumeration{% 2533*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. 2534*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\itemno=0 2535*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger 2536*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM alphabet}% 2537*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2538*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \char\lccode\itemno 2539*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2540*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2541*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2542*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. 2543*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\uppercaseenumerate{% 2544*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg 2545*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startenumeration{% 2546*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. 2547*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\itemno=0 2548*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger 2549*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM alphabet} 2550*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2551*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \char\uccode\itemno 2552*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2553*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2554*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2555*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the 2556*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in 2557*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. 2558*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2559*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\startenumeration#1{% 2560*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\itemno by -1 2561*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr 2562*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2563*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2564*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg 2565*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to @enumerate. 2566*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2567*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} 2568*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} 2569*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} 2570*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} 2571*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2572*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2573*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitable macros 2574*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 2575*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2576*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. 2577*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width 2578*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, 2579*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. 2580*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2581*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. 2582*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2583*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% To make preamble: 2584*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2585*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: 2586*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 2587*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @item ... 2588*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2589*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total 2590*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many 2591*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% columns as desired. 2592*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2593*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2594*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Or use a template: 2595*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} 2596*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @item ... 2597*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% using the widest term desired in each column. 2598*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2599*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column 2600*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's 2601*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, 2602*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. 2603*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2604*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt 2605*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% if they are. 2606*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2607*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Sample multitable: 2608*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2609*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} 2610*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col 2611*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @item 2612*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% first col stuff 2613*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @tab 2614*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% second col stuff 2615*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @tab 2616*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% third col 2617*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff 2618*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. 2619*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2620*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. 2621*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. 2622*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @end multitable 2623*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2624*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Default dimensions may be reset by user. 2625*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. 2626*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. 2627*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. 2628*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline 2629*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to baseline. 2630*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. 2631*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2632*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\multitableparskip 2633*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\multitableparindent 2634*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\multitablecolspace 2635*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\multitablelinespace 2636*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\multitableparskip=0pt 2637*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\multitableparindent=6pt 2638*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\multitablecolspace=12pt 2639*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\multitablelinespace=0pt 2640*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2641*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Macros used to set up halign preamble: 2642*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2643*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\endsetuptable\relax 2644*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} 2645*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\columnfractions\relax 2646*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} 2647*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifsetpercent 2648*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2649*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might 2650*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. 2651*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2652*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% 2653*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\colcount by 1 2654*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% 2655*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setuptable 2656*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2657*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2658*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\colcount 2659*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setuptable#1{% 2660*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\firstarg{#1}% 2661*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable 2662*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\go = \relax 2663*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2664*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions 2665*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\setpercenttrue 2666*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2667*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifsetpercent 2668*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\go\pickupwholefraction 2669*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2670*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\colcount by 1 2671*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a 2672*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. 2673*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% 2674*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2675*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2676*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction 2677*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so 2678*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. 2679*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% 2680*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2681*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\go = \setuptable 2682*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi% 2683*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2684*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \go 2685*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2686*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2687*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% multitable-only commands. 2688*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2689*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. 2690*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group 2691*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. 2692*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% 2693*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2694*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template 2695*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until 2696*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. 2697*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. 2698*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% 2699*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2700*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: 2701*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2702*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. 2703*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2704*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\multitable{% 2705*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip\parskip 2706*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startsavinginserts 2707*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2708*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. 2709*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries 2710*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka 2711*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. 2712*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\item{\crcr}% 2713*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2714*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tolerance=9500 2715*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbadness=9500 2716*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setmultitablespacing 2717*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip=\multitableparskip 2718*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=\multitableparindent 2719*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \overfullrule=0pt 2720*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\colcount=0 2721*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2722*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \everycr = {% 2723*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noalign{% 2724*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\everytab={}% 2725*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. 2726*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Check for saved footnotes, etc. 2727*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkinserts 2728*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. 2729*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM %\filbreak 2730*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the 2731*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the 2732*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. 2733*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2734*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2735*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2736*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parsearg\domultitable 2737*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2738*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\domultitable#1{% 2739*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: 2740*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable 2741*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2742*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will 2743*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % be used as many times as user calls for columns. 2744*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and 2745*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % continue for many paragraphs if desired. 2746*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \halign\bgroup &% 2747*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\colcount by 1 2748*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \multistrut 2749*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vtop{% 2750*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: 2751*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname 2752*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2753*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other 2754*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after 2755*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the first one. 2756*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2757*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace 2758*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % to the width of each template entry. 2759*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2760*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will 2761*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip 2762*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at 2763*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. 2764*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2765*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. 2766*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rightskip=0pt 2767*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\colcount=1 2768*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. 2769*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by\leftskip 2770*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2771*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifsetpercent \else 2772*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize 2773*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. 2774*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace 2775*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2776*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: 2777*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftskip=\multitablecolspace 2778*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2779*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious 2780*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the 2781*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. 2782*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % For example: 2783*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 2784*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @item @code{#} 2785*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. 2786*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively 2787*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % marking characters. 2788*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut 2789*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }\cr 2790*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2791*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Emultitable{% 2792*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \crcr 2793*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup % end the \halign 2794*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\setpercentfalse 2795*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2796*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2797*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setmultitablespacing{% 2798*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing 2799*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2800*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in 2801*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on 2802*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. 2803*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. 2804*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt 2805*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip 2806*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 2807*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 2808*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of 2809*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% table. If not, do nothing. 2810*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. 2811*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace 2812*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace 2813*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller 2814*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM %% than skip between lines in the table. 2815*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi% 2816*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt 2817*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace 2818*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller 2819*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM %% than skip between lines in the table. 2820*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi} 2821*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2822*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2823*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{conditionals,} 2824*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2825*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, 2826*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't 2827*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we 2828*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't 2829*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% attempt to close an environment group. 2830*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2831*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\makecond#1{% 2832*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax 2833*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 2834*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2835*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{iftex} 2836*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{ifnotdocbook} 2837*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{ifnothtml} 2838*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{ifnotinfo} 2839*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{ifnotplaintext} 2840*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{ifnotxml} 2841*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2842*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. 2843*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2844*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} 2845*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} 2846*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} 2847*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\html{\doignore{html}} 2848*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} 2849*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} 2850*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} 2851*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} 2852*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} 2853*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} 2854*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} 2855*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} 2856*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} 2857*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2858*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. 2859*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2860*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% A count to remember the depth of nesting. 2861*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\doignorecount 2862*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2863*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doignore#1{\begingroup 2864*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: 2865*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\@ = \other 2866*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\{ = \other 2867*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\} = \other 2868*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2869*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. 2870*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \spaceisspace 2871*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2872*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Count number of #1's that we've seen. 2873*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \doignorecount = 0 2874*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2875*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. 2876*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dodoignore{#1}% 2877*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2878*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2879*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. 2880*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeylines % 2881*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2882*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\dodoignore#1{% 2883*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. 2884*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2885*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line 2886*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % by itself. 2887*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% 2888*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a 2889*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for 2890*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) 2891*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% 2892*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2893*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % And now expand that command. 2894*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeylines % 2895*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \doignoretext ^^M% 2896*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2897*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2898*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2899*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doignoreyyy#1{% 2900*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 2901*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. 2902*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next\doignoretextzzz 2903*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else % Found a nested condition, ... 2904*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\doignorecount by 1 2905*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. 2906*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). 2907*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2908*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. 2909*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2910*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2911*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". 2912*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2913*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% 2914*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. 2915*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next\enddoignore 2916*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else % Still inside a nested condition. 2917*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\doignorecount by -1 2918*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. 2919*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2920*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next 2921*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2922*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2923*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Finish off ignored text. 2924*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces} 2925*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2926*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2927*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. 2928*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. 2929*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2930*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be 2931*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our 2932*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we 2933*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% didn't need it. 2934*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. 2935*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2936*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} 2937*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% 2938*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 2939*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 2940*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#2}% 2941*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% 2942*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\empty 2943*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next{}% 2944*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2945*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setzzz#2\endsetzzz 2946*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2947*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2948*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2949*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. 2950*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} 2951*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2952*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. 2953*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2954*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\clear{% 2955*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 2956*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 2957*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax 2958*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 2959*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2960*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2961*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. 2962*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} 2963*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} 2964*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 2965*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active 2966*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 2967*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% 2968*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\value = \expandablevalue 2969*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We don't want these characters active, ... 2970*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other 2971*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if 2972*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. 2973*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % So \let them to their normal equivalents. 2974*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore 2975*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 2976*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2977*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2978*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's 2979*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). 2980*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since 2981*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the 2982*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain 2983*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work 2984*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). 2985*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2986*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\expandablevalue#1{% 2987*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax 2988*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {[No value for ``#1'']}% 2989*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% 2990*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 2991*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname SET#1\endcsname 2992*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 2993*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 2994*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 2995*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined 2996*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% with @set. 2997*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2998*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. 2999*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3000*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{ifset} 3001*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} 3002*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doifset#1#2{% 3003*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 3004*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 3005*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\next=\empty 3006*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax 3007*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #1% If not set, redefine \next. 3008*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3009*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter 3010*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }\next 3011*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3012*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} 3013*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3014*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been 3015*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. 3016*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3017*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the 3018*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, 3019*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. 3020*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3021*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makecond{ifclear} 3022*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} 3023*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} 3024*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3025*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file 3026*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. 3027*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\dircategory=\comment 3028*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3029*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @defininfoenclose. 3030*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\definfoenclose=\comment 3031*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3032*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3033*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{indexing,} 3034*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Index generation facilities 3035*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3036*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite 3037*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. 3038*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} 3039*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3040*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. 3041*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It automatically defines \fooindex such that 3042*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. 3043*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for 3044*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. 3045*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long 3046*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% for the sake of vms. 3047*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3048*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\newindex#1{% 3049*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iflinks 3050*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname 3051*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file 3052*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3053*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index 3054*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\doindex{#1}} 3055*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3056*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3057*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} 3058*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3059*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} 3060*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3061*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. 3062*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3063*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} 3064*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3065*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\newcodeindex#1{% 3066*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iflinks 3067*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname 3068*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 3069*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3070*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% 3071*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% 3072*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3073*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3074*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3075*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. 3076*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. 3077*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3078*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo 3079*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% inside @code. 3080*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3081*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} 3082*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} 3083*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3084*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), 3085*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #3 the target index (bar). 3086*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% 3087*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up 3088*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % closing the target index. 3089*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined 3090*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the 3091*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. 3092*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname 3093*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 3094*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3095*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % redefine \fooindfile: 3096*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname 3097*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp 3098*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % redefine \fooindex: 3099*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% 3100*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3101*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3102*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. 3103*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, 3104*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and it is "foo", the name of the index. 3105*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3106*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. 3107*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. 3108*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3109*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} 3110*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. 3111*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3112*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} 3113*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} 3114*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3115*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. 3116*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} 3117*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} 3118*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3119*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. 3120*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, 3121*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. 3122*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3123*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\indexdummies{% 3124*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. 3125*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% 3126*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. 3127*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes 3128*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. 3129*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\{ = \mylbrace 3130*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\} = \myrbrace 3131*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3132*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus 3133*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % effectively preventing its expansion. This is used only for control 3134*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect 3135*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word 3136*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % from whatever follows. 3137*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3138*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the 3139*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % space. 3140*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3141*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and 3142*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then 3143*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). 3144*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3145*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\definedummyword##1{% 3146*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}% 3147*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3148*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\definedummyletter##1{% 3149*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}% 3150*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3151*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter 3152*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3153*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do the redefinitions. 3154*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \commondummies 3155*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3156*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3157*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For the aux file, @ is the escape character. So we want to redefine 3158*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash. When everything uses 3159*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @, this will be simpler. 3160*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3161*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\atdummies{% 3162*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\@{@@}% 3163*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ {@ }% 3164*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd 3165*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\} = \rbraceatcmd 3166*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3167*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (See comments in \indexdummies.) 3168*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\definedummyword##1{% 3169*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}% 3170*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3171*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\definedummyletter##1{% 3172*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}% 3173*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3174*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter 3175*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3176*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do the redefinitions. 3177*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \commondummies 3178*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3179*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3180*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. \definedummyword and 3181*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \definedummyletter must be defined first. 3182*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3183*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\commondummies{% 3184*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3185*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normalturnoffactive 3186*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3187*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \commondummiesnofonts 3188*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3189*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyletter{_}% 3190*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3191*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Non-English letters. 3192*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{AA}% 3193*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{AE}% 3194*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{L}% 3195*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{OE}% 3196*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{O}% 3197*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{aa}% 3198*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{ae}% 3199*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{l}% 3200*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{oe}% 3201*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{o}% 3202*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{ss}% 3203*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{exclamdown}% 3204*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{questiondown}% 3205*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{ordf}% 3206*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{ordm}% 3207*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3208*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. 3209*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{bf}% 3210*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{gtr}% 3211*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{hat}% 3212*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{less}% 3213*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{sf}% 3214*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{sl}% 3215*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{tclose}% 3216*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{tt}% 3217*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3218*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{LaTeX}% 3219*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{TeX}% 3220*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3221*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Assorted special characters. 3222*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{bullet}% 3223*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{comma}% 3224*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{copyright}% 3225*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{registeredsymbol}% 3226*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{dots}% 3227*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{enddots}% 3228*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{equiv}% 3229*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{error}% 3230*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{euro}% 3231*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{expansion}% 3232*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{minus}% 3233*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{pounds}% 3234*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{point}% 3235*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{print}% 3236*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{result}% 3237*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3238*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any 3239*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (non-fully-expandable) commands. 3240*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 3241*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3242*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Normal spaces, not active ones. 3243*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unsepspaces 3244*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3245*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % No macro expansion. 3246*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \turnoffmacros 3247*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3248*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3249*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. 3250*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3251*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Better have this without active chars. 3252*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 3253*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\~=\other 3254*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{% 3255*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Control letters and accents. 3256*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyletter{!}% 3257*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyaccent{"}% 3258*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyaccent{'}% 3259*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyletter{*}% 3260*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyaccent{,}% 3261*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyletter{.}% 3262*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyletter{/}% 3263*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyletter{:}% 3264*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyaccent{=}% 3265*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyletter{?}% 3266*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyaccent{^}% 3267*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyaccent{`}% 3268*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyaccent{~}% 3269*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{u}% 3270*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{v}% 3271*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{H}% 3272*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{dotaccent}% 3273*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{ringaccent}% 3274*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{tieaccent}% 3275*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{ubaraccent}% 3276*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{udotaccent}% 3277*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{dotless}% 3278*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3279*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Texinfo font commands. 3280*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{b}% 3281*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{i}% 3282*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{r}% 3283*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{sc}% 3284*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{t}% 3285*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3286*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Commands that take arguments. 3287*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{acronym}% 3288*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{cite}% 3289*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{code}% 3290*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{command}% 3291*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{dfn}% 3292*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{emph}% 3293*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{env}% 3294*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{file}% 3295*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{kbd}% 3296*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{key}% 3297*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{math}% 3298*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{option}% 3299*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{samp}% 3300*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{strong}% 3301*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{tie}% 3302*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{uref}% 3303*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{url}% 3304*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{var}% 3305*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{verb}% 3306*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \definedummyword{w}% 3307*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 3308*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3309*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3310*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index 3311*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all 3312*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string 3313*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% would be for a given command (usually its argument). 3314*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3315*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\indexnofonts{% 3316*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Accent commands should become @asis. 3317*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\definedummyaccent##1{% 3318*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname ##1\endcsname\asis 3319*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3320*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We can just ignore other control letters. 3321*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\definedummyletter##1{% 3322*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{}% 3323*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3324*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. 3325*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent 3326*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3327*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \commondummiesnofonts 3328*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3329*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command 3330*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. 3331*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. 3332*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM %\let\tt=\asis 3333*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3334*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ { }% 3335*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\@{@}% 3336*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % how to handle braces? 3337*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\_{\normalunderscore}% 3338*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3339*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Non-English letters. 3340*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\AA{AA}% 3341*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\AE{AE}% 3342*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\L{L}% 3343*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\OE{OE}% 3344*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\O{O}% 3345*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\aa{aa}% 3346*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ae{ae}% 3347*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\l{l}% 3348*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\oe{oe}% 3349*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\o{o}% 3350*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ss{ss}% 3351*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\exclamdown{!}% 3352*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\questiondown{?}% 3353*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ordf{a}% 3354*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\ordm{o}% 3355*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3356*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% 3357*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\TeX{TeX}% 3358*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3359*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Assorted special characters. 3360*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) 3361*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\bullet{bullet}% 3362*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\comma{,}% 3363*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\copyright{copyright}% 3364*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\registeredsymbol{R}% 3365*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\dots{...}% 3366*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\enddots{...}% 3367*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\equiv{==}% 3368*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\error{error}% 3369*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\euro{euro}% 3370*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\expansion{==>}% 3371*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\minus{-}% 3372*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\pounds{pounds}% 3373*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\point{.}% 3374*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\print{-|}% 3375*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\result{=>}% 3376*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3377*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Don't write macro names. 3378*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \emptyusermacros 3379*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3380*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3381*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. 3382*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? 3383*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3384*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. 3385*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. 3386*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} 3387*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3388*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. 3389*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- 3390*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception 3391*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% is with most defuns, which call us directly). 3392*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3393*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% 3394*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iflinks 3395*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 3396*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). 3397*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = {#2}% 3398*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. 3399*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thirdarg{#3}% 3400*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else 3401*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% 3402*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3403*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3404*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% 3405*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3406*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifvmode 3407*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dosubindsanitize 3408*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3409*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dosubindwrite 3410*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3411*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3412*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3413*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3414*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3415*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: 3416*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3417*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dosubindwrite{% 3418*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. 3419*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else 3420*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% 3421*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3422*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3423*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Remember, we are within a group. 3424*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage 3425*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \escapechar=`\\ 3426*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now 3427*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. 3428*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3429*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to 3430*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % get the string to sort by. 3431*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\indexnofonts 3432*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion 3433*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% 3434*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3435*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3436*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and 3437*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the original text, including any font commands. We write 3438*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the 3439*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s 3440*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % sorted result. 3441*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\temp{% 3442*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \write\writeto{% 3443*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% 3444*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3445*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \temp 3446*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3447*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3448*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Take care of unwanted page breaks: 3449*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3450*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it 3451*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting 3452*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the 3453*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences 3454*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% like this: 3455*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @end defun 3456*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @tindex whatever 3457*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @defun ... 3458*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the 3459*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of 3460*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the previous defun. 3461*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3462*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We 3463*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. 3464*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3465*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. 3466*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3467*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% But wait, there is a catch there: 3468*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not 3469*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts 3470*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual 3471*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% representation of the skip. 3472*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3473*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that 3474*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). 3475*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3476*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} 3477*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3478*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% ..., ready, GO: 3479*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3480*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dosubindsanitize{% 3481*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. 3482*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \skip0 = \lastskip 3483*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% 3484*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \count255 = \lastpenalty 3485*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3486*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a 3487*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this 3488*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a 3489*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential 3490*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. 3491*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro 3492*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3493*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip-\skip0 3494*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3495*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3496*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dosubindwrite 3497*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3498*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro 3499*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and 3500*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want 3501*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various 3502*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any 3503*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: 3504*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3505*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @deffn deffn-whatever 3506*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @vindex index-whatever 3507*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Description. 3508*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit 3509*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % and the "Description." paragraph. 3510*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi 3511*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3512*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, 3513*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item 3514*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. 3515*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\vskip\skip0 3516*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3517*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3518*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3519*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The index entry written in the file actually looks like 3520*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} 3521*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% or 3522*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} 3523*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files 3524*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% containing these kinds of lines: 3525*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \initial {c} 3526*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% before the first topic whose initial is c 3527*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \entry {topic}{pagelist} 3528*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% for a topic that is used without subtopics 3529*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \primary {topic} 3530*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics 3531*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} 3532*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% for each subtopic. 3533*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3534*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define the user-accessible indexing commands 3535*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. 3536*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3537*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\findex {\fnindex} 3538*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\kindex {\kyindex} 3539*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\cindex {\cpindex} 3540*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\vindex {\vrindex} 3541*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tindex {\tpindex} 3542*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pindex {\pgindex} 3543*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3544*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} 3545*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\obeylines % 3546*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % 3547*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} 3548*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3549*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. 3550*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3551*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. 3552*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). 3553*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3554*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup 3555*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% 3556*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3557*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \smallfonts \rm 3558*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tolerance = 9500 3559*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. 3560*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3561*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. 3562*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains 3563*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \initial {@} 3564*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces 3565*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). 3566*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\@ = 11 3567*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openin 1 \jobname.#1s 3568*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 3569*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, 3570*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the 3571*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure 3572*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % there is some text. 3573*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordIndexNonexistent 3574*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3575*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3576*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof 3577*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so 3578*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % it can discover if there is anything in it. 3579*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \read 1 to \temp 3580*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 3581*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordIndexIsEmpty 3582*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3583*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape 3584*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change 3585*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % to make right now. 3586*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% 3587*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\\ = 0 3588*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \escapechar = `\\ 3589*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begindoublecolumns 3590*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input \jobname.#1s 3591*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \enddoublecolumns 3592*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3593*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3594*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \closein 1 3595*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 3596*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3597*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. 3598*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Change them to control the appearance of the index. 3599*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3600*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\initial#1{{% 3601*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Some minor font changes for the special characters. 3602*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt 3603*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3604*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. 3605*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \removelastskip 3606*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3607*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. 3608*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak 3609*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip 3610*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \penalty 0 3611*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip 3612*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3613*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of 3614*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column 3615*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch 3616*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % we need before each entry, but it's better. 3617*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3618*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. 3619*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip 3620*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftline{\secbf #1}% 3621*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do our best not to break after the initial. 3622*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak 3623*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip 3624*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 3625*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3626*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and 3627*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index 3628*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. 3629*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3630*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% A straightforward implementation would start like this: 3631*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \def\entry#1#2{... 3632*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to 3633*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- 3634*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. 3635*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3636*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. 3637*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% --kasal, 21nov03 3638*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\entry{% 3639*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 3640*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3641*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't 3642*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % affect previous text. 3643*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \par 3644*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3645*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do not fill out the last line with white space. 3646*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parfillskip = 0in 3647*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3648*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % No extra space above this paragraph. 3649*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = 0in 3650*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3651*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. 3652*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \finalhyphendemerits = 0 3653*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3654*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number 3655*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the 3656*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large 3657*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across 3658*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. 3659*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3660*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start 3661*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. 3662*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hangindent = 2em 3663*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3664*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line 3665*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % with blank space. 3666*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil 3667*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3668*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing 3669*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % columns. 3670*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip 0pt plus1pt 3671*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3672*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): 3673*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \afterassignment\doentry 3674*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\temp = 3675*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3676*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doentry{% 3677*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. 3678*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noindent 3679*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \aftergroup\finishentry 3680*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % And now comes the text of the entry. 3681*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3682*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\finishentry#1{% 3683*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % #1 is the page number. 3684*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3685*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if 3686*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be 3687*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % cursed by a Unix daemon. 3688*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\tempa{{\rm }}% 3689*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\tempb{#1}% 3690*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\tempc{\tempa}% 3691*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\tempd{\tempb}% 3692*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\tempc\tempd 3693*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ % 3694*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3695*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3696*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out 3697*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the 3698*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) 3699*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfil\penalty50 3700*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. 3701*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3702*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as 3703*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull 3704*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \hbox ensues. 3705*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdf 3706*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfgettoks#1.% 3707*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ \the\toksA 3708*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3709*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ #1% 3710*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3711*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3712*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \par 3713*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 3714*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3715*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3716*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. 3717*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders 3718*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} 3719*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3720*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} 3721*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3722*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm 3723*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\secondary#1#2{{% 3724*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parfillskip=0in 3725*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip=0in 3726*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hangindent=1in 3727*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hangafter=1 3728*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill 3729*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdf 3730*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. 3731*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3732*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #2 3733*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3734*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \par 3735*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 3736*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3737*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. 3738*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, 3739*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. 3740*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\@=11 3741*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3742*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newbox\partialpage 3743*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize 3744*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3745*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns 3746*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Grab any single-column material above us. 3747*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \output = {% 3748*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3749*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a 3750*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output 3751*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is 3752*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In 3753*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal 3754*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this 3755*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. 3756*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifvoid\partialpage \else 3757*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% 3758*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3759*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3760*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% 3761*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Unvbox the main output page. 3762*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unvbox\PAGE 3763*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip 3764*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3765*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3766*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage 3767*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3768*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. 3769*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \output = {\doublecolumnout}% 3770*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3771*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this 3772*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 3773*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple 3774*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the 3775*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. 3776*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3777*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between 3778*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it 3779*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant 3780*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) 3781*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % as it did when we hard-coded it. 3782*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3783*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we 3784*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) 3785*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % been clobbered. 3786*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3787*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize 3788*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize 3789*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 3790*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize 3791*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3792*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, 3793*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) 3794*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vsize = 2\vsize 3795*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3796*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3797*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except 3798*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the last. 3799*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3800*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doublecolumnout{% 3801*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth 3802*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal 3803*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the 3804*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % previous page. 3805*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen@ = \vsize 3806*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \divide\dimen@ by 2 3807*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage 3808*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3809*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. 3810*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ 3811*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \onepageout\pagesofar 3812*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unvbox255 3813*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \penalty\outputpenalty 3814*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3815*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3816*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, 3817*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. 3818*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pagesofar{% 3819*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unvbox\partialpage 3820*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3821*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize 3822*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize 3823*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% 3824*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3825*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3826*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% All done with double columns. 3827*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\enddoublecolumns{% 3828*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \output = {% 3829*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the 3830*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % current page, no automatic page break. 3831*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \balancecolumns 3832*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3833*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, 3834*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % though, there will be another page break right after this \output 3835*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not 3836*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal 3837*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be 3838*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes 3839*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the output somewhat more palatable.) 3840*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% 3841*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3842*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \eject 3843*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns 3844*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3845*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted 3846*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column 3847*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the 3848*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). 3849*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pagegoal = \vsize 3850*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3851*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3852*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Called at the end of the double column material. 3853*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\balancecolumns{% 3854*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. 3855*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen@ = \ht0 3856*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\dimen@ by \topskip 3857*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip 3858*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to 3859*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% 3860*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \splittopskip = \topskip 3861*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. 3862*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 3863*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbadness = 10000 3864*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \loop 3865*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\setbox3 = \copy0 3866*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ 3867*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ 3868*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt 3869*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \repeat 3870*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 3871*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% 3872*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% 3873*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% 3874*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 3875*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pagesofar 3876*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 3877*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\@ = \other 3878*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3879*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3880*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{sectioning,} 3881*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Chapters, sections, etc. 3882*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3883*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered 3884*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf 3885*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter 3886*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 3887*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) 3888*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 3889*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\chapno 3890*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\secno \secno=0 3891*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 3892*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 3893*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3894*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... 3895*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ 3896*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3897*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} 3898*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple 3899*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual 3900*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. 3901*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3902*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appendixletter{% 3903*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% 3904*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% 3905*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% 3906*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% 3907*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% 3908*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% 3909*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% 3910*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% 3911*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% 3912*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% 3913*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% 3914*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% 3915*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% 3916*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% 3917*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% 3918*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% 3919*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% 3920*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% 3921*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% 3922*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% 3923*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% 3924*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% 3925*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% 3926*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% 3927*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% 3928*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% 3929*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is 3930*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not 3931*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out 3932*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. 3933*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\char\the\appendixno 3934*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi 3935*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} 3936*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3937*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. 3938*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. 3939*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. 3940*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\thischapter{} 3941*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\thissection{} 3942*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3943*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level 3944*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count 3945*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3946*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. 3947*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} 3948*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name 3949*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3950*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. 3951*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} 3952*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name 3953*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3954*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we only have subsub. 3955*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 3956*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3957*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. 3958*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: 3959*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel 3960*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3961*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: 3962*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. 3963*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapheadtype{N} 3964*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 3965*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Choose a heading macro 3966*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is heading type 3967*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #2 is heading level 3968*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #3 is text for heading 3969*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\genhead#1#2#3{% 3970*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Compute the abs. sec. level: 3971*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \absseclevel=#2 3972*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\absseclevel by \secbase 3973*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: 3974*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 3975*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \absseclevel = 0 3976*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3977*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 3978*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \absseclevel = 3 3979*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3980*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3981*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The heading type: 3982*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\headtype{#1}% 3983*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if \headtype U% 3984*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel 3985*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel 3986*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3987*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3988*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Check for appendix sections: 3989*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 3990*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% 3991*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 3992*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% 3993*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% 3994*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi 3995*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 3996*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Check for numbered within unnumbered: 3997*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel 3998*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\headtype{U}% 3999*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 4000*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chardef\unmlevel = 3 4001*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4002*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4003*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Now print the heading: 4004*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if \headtype U% 4005*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcase\absseclevel 4006*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unnumberedzzz{#3}% 4007*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% 4008*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% 4009*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% 4010*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4011*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 4012*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if \headtype A% 4013*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcase\absseclevel 4014*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \appendixzzz{#3}% 4015*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% 4016*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% 4017*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% 4018*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4019*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 4020*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcase\absseclevel 4021*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chapterzzz{#3}% 4022*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \seczzz{#3}% 4023*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% 4024*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% 4025*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4026*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4027*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4028*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \suppressfirstparagraphindent 4029*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4030*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4031*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% an interface: 4032*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numhead{\genhead N} 4033*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\apphead{\genhead A} 4034*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} 4035*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4036*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset 4037*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. 4038*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4039*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers 4040*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. 4041*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty 4042*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4043*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz 4044*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapterzzz#1{% 4045*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such 4046*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % as an @include file. 4047*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 4048*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\chapno by 1 4049*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4050*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Used for \float. 4051*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% 4052*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetallfloatnos 4053*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4054*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% 4055*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4056*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Write the actual heading. 4057*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% 4058*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4059*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. 4060*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\section = \numberedsec 4061*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec 4062*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec 4063*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4064*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4065*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz 4066*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appendixzzz#1{% 4067*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 4068*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\appendixno by 1 4069*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% 4070*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetallfloatnos 4071*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4072*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% 4073*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{\appendixnum}% 4074*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4075*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% 4076*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4077*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\section = \appendixsec 4078*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec 4079*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec 4080*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4081*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4082*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz 4083*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% 4084*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 4085*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 4086*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4087*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. 4088*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty 4089*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \resetallfloatnos 4090*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4091*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the 4092*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX 4093*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX 4094*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant 4095*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % to be executed, not expanded). 4096*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4097*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear 4098*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use 4099*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once, 4100*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>. (We also do this for 4101*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the toc entries.) 4102*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = {#1}% 4103*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{(\the\toks0)}% 4104*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4105*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% 4106*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4107*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec 4108*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec 4109*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec 4110*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4111*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4112*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. 4113*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% 4114*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break 4115*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. 4116*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 4117*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters 4118*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unnmhead0{#1}% 4119*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax 4120*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4121*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4122*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @top is like @unnumbered. 4123*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\top\unnumbered 4124*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4125*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Sections. 4126*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz 4127*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\seczzz#1{% 4128*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 4129*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% 4130*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4131*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4132*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz 4133*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% 4134*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 4135*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% 4136*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4137*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\appendixsec\appendixsection 4138*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4139*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz 4140*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% 4141*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 4142*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% 4143*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4144*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4145*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subsections. 4146*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz 4147*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% 4148*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 4149*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% 4150*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4151*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4152*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz 4153*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% 4154*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 4155*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% 4156*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% 4157*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4158*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4159*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz 4160*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% 4161*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 4162*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% 4163*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% 4164*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4165*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4166*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subsubsections. 4167*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz 4168*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% 4169*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 4170*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% 4171*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% 4172*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4173*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4174*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz 4175*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% 4176*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 4177*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% 4178*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% 4179*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4180*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4181*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz 4182*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% 4183*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 4184*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% 4185*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% 4186*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4187*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4188*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% These macros control what the section commands do, according 4189*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). 4190*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. 4191*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\section = \numberedsec 4192*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec 4193*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec 4194*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4195*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading 4196*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4197*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: 4198*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit 4199*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% overlong headings to fold. 4200*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a 4201*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. 4202*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and 4203*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. 4204*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4205*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4206*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\majorheading{% 4207*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% 4208*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parsearg\chapheadingzzz 4209*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4210*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4211*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} 4212*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% 4213*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 4214*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=0pt\raggedright 4215*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rm #1\hfill}}% 4216*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax 4217*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \suppressfirstparagraphindent 4218*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4219*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4220*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. 4221*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} 4222*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \suppressfirstparagraphindent} 4223*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} 4224*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \suppressfirstparagraphindent} 4225*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} 4226*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \suppressfirstparagraphindent} 4227*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4228*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only 4229*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), 4230*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. 4231*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4232*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) 4233*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} 4234*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4235*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it 4236*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) 4237*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4238*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\chapheadingskip 4239*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4240*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} 4241*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} 4242*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} 4243*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4244*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} 4245*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4246*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\CHAPPAGoff{% 4247*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager 4248*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak 4249*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} 4250*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4251*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\CHAPPAGon{% 4252*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager 4253*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager 4254*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager 4255*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} 4256*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4257*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\CHAPPAGodd{% 4258*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage 4259*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage 4260*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage 4261*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} 4262*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4263*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\CHAPPAGon 4264*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4265*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Chapter opening. 4266*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4267*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, 4268*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. 4269*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4270*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% To test against our argument. 4271*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} 4272*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} 4273*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} 4274*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4275*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% 4276*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pchapsepmacro 4277*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 4278*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chapfonts \rm 4279*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4280*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the 4281*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called 4282*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. 4283*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\thissection{#1}% 4284*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% 4285*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4286*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix 4287*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. 4288*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temptype{#2}% 4289*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword 4290*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{}% 4291*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{unnchap}% 4292*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thischapter{#1}% 4293*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword 4294*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry 4295*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{omit}% 4296*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\thischapter{}% 4297*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword 4298*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% 4299*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{app}% 4300*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter 4301*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't 4302*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % use \thissection because that changes with each section. 4303*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4304*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: 4305*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\thischaptername}% 4306*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 4307*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% 4308*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{numchap}% 4309*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: 4310*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\thischaptername}% 4311*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi 4312*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4313*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the 4314*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc 4315*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. 4316*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% 4317*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4318*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make 4319*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has 4320*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the 4321*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not 4322*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % being visible, for instance under high magnification. 4323*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \donoderef{#2}% 4324*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4325*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Typeset the actual heading. 4326*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright 4327*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe 4328*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unhbox0 #1\par}% 4329*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 4330*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title 4331*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak 4332*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4333*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4334*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. 4335*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax 4336*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\centerparameters{% 4337*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip 4338*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftskip = \rightskip 4339*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parfillskip = 0pt 4340*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4341*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4342*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4343*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not 4344*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. 4345*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4346*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} 4347*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4348*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnchfopen #1{% 4349*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 4350*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=0pt\raggedright 4351*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak 4352*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4353*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts 4354*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% 4355*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\par\penalty 5000 % 4356*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4357*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\centerchfopen #1{% 4358*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 4359*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=0pt 4360*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak 4361*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4362*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\CHAPFopen{% 4363*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen 4364*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} 4365*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4366*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4367*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and 4368*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. 4369*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4370*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\secheadingskip 4371*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} 4372*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4373*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subsection titles. 4374*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\subsecheadingskip 4375*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} 4376*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4377*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subsubsection titles. 4378*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} 4379*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} 4380*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4381*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4382*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Print any size, any type, section title. 4383*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4384*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is 4385*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the 4386*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% section number. 4387*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4388*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% 4389*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 4390*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Switch to the right set of fonts. 4391*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm 4392*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4393*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Insert space above the heading. 4394*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname 4395*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4396*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. 4397*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\sectionlevel{#2}% 4398*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temptype{#3}% 4399*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4400*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword 4401*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{}% 4402*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{unn}% 4403*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\thissection{#1}% 4404*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword 4405*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, 4406*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % and don't redefine \thissection. 4407*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{}% 4408*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{omit}% 4409*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\sectionlevel=\empty 4410*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword 4411*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% 4412*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{app}% 4413*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\thissection{#1}% 4414*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 4415*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% 4416*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\toctype{num}% 4417*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\thissection{#1}% 4418*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi 4419*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4420*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain. 4421*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% 4422*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4423*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). 4424*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Again, see comments in \chfplain. 4425*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \donoderef{#3}% 4426*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4427*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Output the actual section heading. 4428*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright 4429*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number 4430*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unhbox0 #1}% 4431*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 4432*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. 4433*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Don't allow stretch, though. 4434*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname 4435*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4436*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it 4437*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % was followed by glue. 4438*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak 4439*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4440*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that 4441*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a 4442*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % discardable item.) 4443*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip-\parskip 4444*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4445*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > 4446*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after 4447*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: 4448*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4449*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @section sec-whatever 4450*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @deffn def-whatever 4451*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \penalty 10001 4452*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4453*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4454*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4455*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{toc,} 4456*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Table of contents. 4457*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newwrite\tocfile 4458*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4459*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. 4460*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Called from @chapter, etc. 4461*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4462*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} 4463*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional 4464*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually 4465*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the 4466*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% destination to jump to. 4467*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4468*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or 4469*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. 4470*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the 4471*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% table of contents chapter openings themselves. 4472*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4473*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\iftocfileopened 4474*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\omitkeyword{omit}% 4475*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4476*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% 4477*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\writetoctype{#1}% 4478*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else 4479*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iftocfileopened\else 4480*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc 4481*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\tocfileopenedtrue 4482*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4483*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4484*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iflinks 4485*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = {#2}% 4486*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks2 = \expandafter{\lastnode}% 4487*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}{#3}% 4488*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\the\toks2}{\noexpand\folio}}}% 4489*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \temp 4490*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4491*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4492*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4493*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're 4494*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't 4495*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered 4496*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first 4497*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named 4498*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % `1', and two named `2'. 4499*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi 4500*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4501*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4502*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in 4503*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\savepageno 4504*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 4505*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4506*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. 4507*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4508*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\startcontents#1{% 4509*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should 4510*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain 4511*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. 4512*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se> 4513*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contentsalignmacro 4514*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\closeout\tocfile 4515*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4516*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. 4517*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % It is abundantly clear what they are. 4518*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\thischapter{}% 4519*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% 4520*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4521*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \savepageno = \pageno 4522*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. 4523*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\\=0 \catcode`\{=1 \catcode`\}=2 \catcode`\@=11 4524*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section 4525*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation. --karl, 9jul97. 4526*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. juha@piuha.ydi.vtt.fi 4527*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. 4528*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. 4529*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4530*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Roman numerals for page numbers. 4531*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi 4532*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4533*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4534*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4535*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Normal (long) toc. 4536*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\contents{% 4537*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% 4538*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openin 1 \jobname.toc 4539*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 \else 4540*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input \jobname.toc 4541*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4542*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vfill \eject 4543*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect 4544*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 \else 4545*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfmakeoutlines 4546*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4547*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \closein 1 4548*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 4549*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lastnegativepageno = \pageno 4550*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\pageno = \savepageno 4551*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4552*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4553*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% And just the chapters. 4554*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\summarycontents{% 4555*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% 4556*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4557*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry 4558*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\appentry = \shortchapentry 4559*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry 4560*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. 4561*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \secfonts 4562*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf 4563*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt 4564*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rm 4565*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hyphenpenalty = 10000 4566*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. 4567*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} 4568*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry 4569*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry 4570*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry 4571*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry 4572*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry 4573*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry 4574*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry 4575*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry 4576*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openin 1 \jobname.toc 4577*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 \else 4578*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input \jobname.toc 4579*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4580*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \closein 1 4581*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vfill \eject 4582*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect 4583*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 4584*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lastnegativepageno = \pageno 4585*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\pageno = \savepageno 4586*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4587*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents 4588*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4589*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. 4590*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. 4591*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4592*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\shortchaplabel#1{% 4593*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the 4594*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. 4595*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % But use \hss just in case. 4596*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after 4597*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) 4598*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4599*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange 4600*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and 4601*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 4602*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters 4603*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % there are before deciding ... 4604*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% 4605*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4606*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4607*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. 4608*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The first argument is the chapter or section name. 4609*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The last argument is the page number. 4610*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... 4611*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4612*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Chapters, in the main contents. 4613*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} 4614*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4615*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Chapters, in the short toc. 4616*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. 4617*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% 4618*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% 4619*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4620*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4621*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Appendices, in the main contents. 4622*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. 4623*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4624*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appendixbox#1{% 4625*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. 4626*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% 4627*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} 4628*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4629*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} 4630*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4631*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Unnumbered chapters. 4632*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} 4633*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} 4634*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4635*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Sections. 4636*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} 4637*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry 4638*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} 4639*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4640*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subsections. 4641*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} 4642*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry 4643*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} 4644*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4645*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% And subsubsections. 4646*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} 4647*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry 4648*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} 4649*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4650*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. 4651*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Same as \defaultparindent. 4652*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt 4653*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4654*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the 4655*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% page number. 4656*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4657*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters 4658*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. 4659*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dochapentry#1#2{% 4660*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip 4661*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 4662*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \chapentryfonts 4663*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% 4664*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 4665*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip 4666*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4667*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4668*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup 4669*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent 4670*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% 4671*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 4672*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4673*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup 4674*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent 4675*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% 4676*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 4677*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4678*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup 4679*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent 4680*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% 4681*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 4682*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4683*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. 4684*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\tocentry = \entry 4685*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4686*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. 4687*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} 4688*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4689*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} 4690*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} 4691*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4692*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} 4693*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} 4694*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} 4695*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} 4696*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4697*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4698*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{environments,} 4699*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @foo ... @end foo. 4700*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4701*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. 4702*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4703*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of 4704*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. 4705*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4706*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\point{$\star$} 4707*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} 4708*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} 4709*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} 4710*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} 4711*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4712*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The @error{} command. 4713*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. 4714*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4715*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newbox\errorbox 4716*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4717*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. 4718*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules 4719*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) 4720*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} 4721*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4722*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil 4723*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. 4724*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. 4725*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox{% 4726*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hrule height\dimen2 4727*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. 4728*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. 4729*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. 4730*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hrule height\dimen2} 4731*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfil} 4732*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4733*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} 4734*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4735*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. 4736*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. 4737*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. 4738*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4739*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\tex{% 4740*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 4741*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 4742*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie 4743*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\%=14 4744*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\+=\other 4745*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\"=\other 4746*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\|=\other 4747*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\<=\other 4748*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode `\>=\other 4749*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \escapechar=`\\ 4750*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4751*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\b=\ptexb 4752*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\bullet=\ptexbullet 4753*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\c=\ptexc 4754*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\,=\ptexcomma 4755*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\.=\ptexdot 4756*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\dots=\ptexdots 4757*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\equiv=\ptexequiv 4758*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\!=\ptexexclam 4759*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\i=\ptexi 4760*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\indent=\ptexindent 4761*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent 4762*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\{=\ptexlbrace 4763*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\+=\tabalign 4764*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\}=\ptexrbrace 4765*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\/=\ptexslash 4766*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\*=\ptexstar 4767*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\t=\ptext 4768*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4769*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% 4770*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% 4771*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\@{@}% 4772*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4773*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% There is no need to define \Etex. 4774*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4775*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. 4776*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, 4777*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). 4778*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4779*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. 4780*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in 4781*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4782*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other 4783*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't 4784*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% have any width. 4785*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} 4786*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4787*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This space is always present above and below environments. 4788*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt 4789*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4790*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here 4791*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip 4792*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the 4793*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. 4794*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4795*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\aboveenvbreak{{% 4796*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and 4797*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \sectionheading, q.v. 4798*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else 4799*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\envskipamount by \parskip 4800*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgraf 4801*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount 4802*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \removelastskip 4803*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak 4804*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % or better ... 4805*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi 4806*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip\envskipamount 4807*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4808*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4809*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 4810*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4811*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak 4812*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4813*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins. 4814*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\nonarrowing=\relax 4815*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4816*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around 4817*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% environment contents. 4818*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\font\circle=lcircle10 4819*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\circthick 4820*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner 4821*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip 4822*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle 4823*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4824*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth 4825*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} 4826*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} 4827*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} 4828*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip 4829*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr 4830*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hskip\rskip}} 4831*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip 4832*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr 4833*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hskip\rskip}} 4834*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4835*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip 4836*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4837*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\cartouche{% 4838*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. 4839*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startsavinginserts 4840*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip 4841*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. 4842*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip 4843*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\cartinner by-\rskip 4844*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \cartouter=\hsize 4845*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either 4846*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % side, and for 6pt waste from 4847*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % each corner char, and rule thickness 4848*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip 4849*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. 4850*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nonarrowing=\comment 4851*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox\bgroup 4852*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt 4853*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \carttop 4854*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox\bgroup 4855*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hskip\lskip 4856*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vrule\kern3pt 4857*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vbox\bgroup 4858*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern3pt 4859*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize=\cartinner 4860*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \baselineskip=\normbskip 4861*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lineskip=\normlskip 4862*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip=\normpskip 4863*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip -\parskip 4864*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. 4865*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4866*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Ecartouche{% 4867*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifhmode\par\fi 4868*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern3pt 4869*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup 4870*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern3pt\vrule 4871*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hskip\rskip 4872*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup 4873*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \cartbot 4874*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup 4875*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkinserts 4876*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4877*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4878*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4879*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, 4880*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% inside a group. 4881*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\nonfillstart{% 4882*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \aboveenvbreak 4883*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy 4884*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. 4885*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines 4886*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output 4887*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = 0pt 4888*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent = 0pt 4889*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes 4890*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing 4891*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % at next level down. 4892*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\nonarrowing\relax 4893*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing 4894*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing 4895*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4896*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\exdent=\nofillexdent 4897*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4898*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4899*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. 4900*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. 4901*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This affects the following displayed environments: 4902*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @example, @display, @format, @lisp 4903*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4904*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smallword{small} 4905*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\nosmallword{nosmall} 4906*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\SETdispenvsize\relax 4907*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setnormaldispenv{% 4908*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword 4909*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \smallexamplefonts \rm 4910*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4911*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4912*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setsmalldispenv{% 4913*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword 4914*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 4915*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \smallexamplefonts \rm 4916*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4917*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4918*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4919*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. 4920*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Let's do it by one command: 4921*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\makedispenv #1#2{ 4922*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} 4923*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} 4924*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak 4925*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak 4926*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4927*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4928*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define two synonyms: 4929*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ 4930*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makedispenv{#1}{#3} 4931*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makedispenv{#2}{#3} 4932*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4933*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4934*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. 4935*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4936*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. 4937*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. 4938*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4939*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% 4940*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nonfillstart 4941*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tt 4942*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. 4943*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gobble % eat return 4944*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4945*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4946*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. 4947*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4948*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedispenv {display}{% 4949*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nonfillstart 4950*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gobble 4951*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4952*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4953*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. 4954*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4955*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedispenv{format}{% 4956*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nonarrowing = t% 4957*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nonfillstart 4958*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gobble 4959*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4960*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4961*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. 4962*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\flushleft{% 4963*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nonarrowing = t% 4964*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nonfillstart 4965*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gobble 4966*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4967*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak 4968*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4969*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @flushright. 4970*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4971*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\flushright{% 4972*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nonarrowing = t% 4973*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nonfillstart 4974*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill 4975*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gobble 4976*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4977*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak 4978*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4979*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4980*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) 4981*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since 4982*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and 4983*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. 4984*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4985*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\quotation{% 4986*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip 4987*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=0pt 4988*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 4989*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. 4990*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\nonarrowing\relax 4991*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing 4992*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing 4993*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing 4994*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\nonarrowing = \relax 4995*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 4996*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parsearg\quotationlabel 4997*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 4998*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 4999*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're 5000*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% doing normal filling. 5001*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5002*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Equotation{% 5003*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \par 5004*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else 5005*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % indent a bit. 5006*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% 5007*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5008*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% 5009*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5010*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5011*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. 5012*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\quotationlabel#1{% 5013*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 5014*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\empty \else 5015*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bf #1: }% 5016*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5017*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5018*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5019*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5020*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>} 5021*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, 5022*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: 5023*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org 5024*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5025*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. 5026*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5027*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets 5028*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a 5029*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% verbatim line. 5030*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dospecials{% 5031*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% 5032*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% 5033*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% 5034*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5035*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5036*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% [Knuth] p. 380 5037*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\uncatcodespecials{% 5038*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} 5039*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5040*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 5041*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font 5042*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\begingroup 5043*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} 5044*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup 5045*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5046*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Setup for the @verb command. 5047*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5048*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Eight spaces for a tab 5049*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\begingroup 5050*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^I=\active 5051*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} 5052*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup 5053*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5054*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setupverb{% 5055*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim 5056*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% 5057*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\`=\active 5058*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tabeightspaces 5059*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Respect line breaks, 5060*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % print special symbols as themselves, and 5061*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % make each space count 5062*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % must do in this order: 5063*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces 5064*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5065*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5066*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Setup for the @verbatim environment 5067*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5068*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Real tab expansion 5069*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount 5070*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5071*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} 5072*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\begingroup 5073*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^I=\active 5074*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\tabexpand{% 5075*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^I=\active 5076*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup 5077*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab 5078*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \divide\dimen0 by\tabw 5079*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw 5080*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw 5081*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox 5082*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5083*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 5084*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup 5085*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setupverbatim{% 5086*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nonfillstart 5087*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent 5088*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim 5089*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tt 5090*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% 5091*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\`=\active 5092*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tabexpand 5093*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Respect line breaks, 5094*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % print special symbols as themselves, and 5095*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % make each space count 5096*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % must do in this order: 5097*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces 5098*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \everypar{\starttabbox}% 5099*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5100*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5101*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique 5102*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a 5103*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: 5104*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5105*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1} 5106*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5107*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} 5108*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\begingroup 5109*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other 5110*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] 5111*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup 5112*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5113*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} 5114*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5115*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5116*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that 5117*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: 5118*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5119*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} 5120*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5121*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, 5122*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': 5123*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. 5124*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5125*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] 5126*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5127*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\begingroup 5128*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\ =\active 5129*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \obeylines % 5130*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end 5131*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank 5132*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % line in the output. 5133*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% 5134*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but 5135*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. 5136*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup 5137*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5138*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envdef\verbatim{% 5139*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setupverbatim\doverbatim 5140*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5141*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak 5142*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5143*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5144*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. 5145*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5146*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} 5147*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5148*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% 5149*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 5150*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makevalueexpandable 5151*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setupverbatim 5152*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input #1 5153*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \afterenvbreak 5154*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5155*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5156*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5157*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @copying ... @end copying. 5158*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. 5159*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5160*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. 5161*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the 5162*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done 5163*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source 5164*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as 5165*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% possible is very desirable. 5166*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5167*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} 5168*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} 5169*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5170*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\insertcopying{% 5171*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 5172*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page 5173*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \scanexp\copyingtext 5174*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 5175*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5176*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5177*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{defuns,} 5178*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @defun etc. 5179*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5180*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in 5181*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt 5182*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt 5183*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5184*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Start the processing of @deffn: 5185*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\startdefun{% 5186*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 5187*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \medbreak 5188*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5189*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, 5190*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % which is there to keep the function description together with its 5191*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a 5192*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted 5193*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning 5194*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow 5195*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % a break between a section heading and a defun. 5196*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5197*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi 5198*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5199*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. 5200*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % But do insert the glue. 5201*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint 5202*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5203*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5204*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent=0in 5205*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent 5206*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \exdentamount=\defbodyindent 5207*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5208*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5209*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dodefunx#1{% 5210*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % First, check whether we are in the right environment: 5211*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkenv#1% 5212*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5213*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. 5214*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % It's not a great place, though. 5215*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi 5216*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5217*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: 5218*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% 5219*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5220*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} 5221*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5222*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} 5223*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5224*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\printdefunline#1#2{% 5225*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 5226*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % call \deffnheader: 5227*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #1#2 \endheader 5228*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % common ending: 5229*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \interlinepenalty = 10000 5230*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil 5231*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgraf 5232*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\vskip -\parskip 5233*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx 5234*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, 5235*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. 5236*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkparencounts 5237*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 5238*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5239*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5240*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} 5241*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5242*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; 5243*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. 5244*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5245*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\makedefun#1{% 5246*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun 5247*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun 5248*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% 5249*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \temp 5250*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5251*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5252*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader 5253*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5254*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. 5255*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. 5256*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5257*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% 5258*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \envdef#1{% 5259*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startdefun 5260*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% 5261*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5262*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% 5263*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def#3% 5264*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5265*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5266*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Untyped functions: 5267*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5268*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @deffn category name args 5269*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} 5270*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5271*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @deffn category class name args 5272*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} 5273*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5274*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \defopon {category on}class name args 5275*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } 5276*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5277*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args 5278*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5279*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% 5280*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. 5281*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% 5282*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% 5283*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5284*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5285*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Typed functions: 5286*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5287*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @deftypefn category type name args 5288*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} 5289*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5290*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @deftypeop category class type name args 5291*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} 5292*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5293*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args 5294*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } 5295*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5296*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args 5297*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5298*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% 5299*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% 5300*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% 5301*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5302*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5303*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Typed variables: 5304*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5305*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @deftypevr category type var args 5306*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} 5307*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5308*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @deftypecv category class type var args 5309*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} 5310*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5311*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args 5312*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } 5313*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5314*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args 5315*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5316*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% 5317*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% 5318*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% 5319*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5320*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5321*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Untyped variables: 5322*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5323*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @defvr category var args 5324*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } 5325*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5326*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @defcv category class var args 5327*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} 5328*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5329*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \defcvof {category of}class var args 5330*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } 5331*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5332*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM%%% Type: 5333*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @deftp category name args 5334*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% 5335*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% 5336*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% 5337*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5338*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5339*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: 5340*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } 5341*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } 5342*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } 5343*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } 5344*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } 5345*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } 5346*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } 5347*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} 5348*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} 5349*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} 5350*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} 5351*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5352*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). 5353*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is the category, such as "Function". 5354*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #2 is the return type, if any. 5355*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #3 is the function name. 5356*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5357*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. 5358*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5359*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defname#1#2#3{% 5360*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... 5361*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent 5362*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5363*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps 5364*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line 5365*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % just below it. 5366*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 5367*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} 5368*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5369*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. 5370*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, 5371*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: 5372*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip 5373*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The continuations: 5374*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent 5375*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) 5376*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 5377*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5378*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Put the type name to the right margin. 5379*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noindent 5380*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hbox to 0pt{% 5381*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize 5382*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \hsize has to be shortened this way: 5383*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \kern\leftskip 5384*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. 5385*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5386*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5387*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: 5388*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 5389*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \exdentamount=\defbodyindent 5390*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 5391*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: 5392*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. 5393*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's 5394*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in 5395*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. 5396*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. 5397*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no 5398*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % one has made identifiers using them :). 5399*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \df \tt 5400*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#2}% return value type 5401*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi 5402*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #3% output function name 5403*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5404*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm 5405*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5406*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \boldbrax 5407*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % arguments will be output next, if any. 5408*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5409*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5410*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using 5411*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in 5412*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very 5413*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. 5414*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5415*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defunargs#1{% 5416*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % use sl by default (not ttsl), 5417*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % tt for the names. 5418*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 5419*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5420*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we 5421*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. 5422*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\var=\ttslanted 5423*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #1% 5424*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 5425*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5426*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5427*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. 5428*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5429*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\activeparens{% 5430*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active 5431*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active 5432*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\&=\active 5433*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5434*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5435*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. 5436*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) 5437*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5438*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, 5439*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, 5440*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. 5441*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 5442*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \activeparens 5443*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen 5444*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack 5445*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let& = \& 5446*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5447*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} 5448*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} 5449*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5450*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5451*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\parencount 5452*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5453*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards 5454*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifampseen 5455*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} 5456*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5457*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\parenfont{% 5458*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifampseen 5459*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % At the first level, print parens in roman, 5460*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % otherwise use the default font. 5461*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi 5462*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5463*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than 5464*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . 5465*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \sf 5466*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5467*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5468*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\infirstlevel#1{% 5469*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifampseen 5470*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\parencount=1 5471*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #1% 5472*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5473*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5474*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5475*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} 5476*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5477*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\opnr{% 5478*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\parencount by 1 5479*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\parenfont(}% 5480*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \infirstlevel \bfafterword 5481*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5482*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\clnr{% 5483*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\parenfont)}% 5484*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \infirstlevel \sl 5485*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\parencount by -1 5486*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5487*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5488*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\brackcount 5489*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\lbrb{% 5490*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\brackcount by 1 5491*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bf[}% 5492*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5493*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\rbrb{% 5494*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bf]}% 5495*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\brackcount by -1 5496*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5497*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5498*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\checkparencounts{% 5499*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi 5500*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi 5501*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5502*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\badparencount{% 5503*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% 5504*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\parencount=0 5505*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5506*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\badbrackcount{% 5507*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% 5508*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\brackcount=0 5509*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5510*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5511*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5512*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{macros,} 5513*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @macro. 5514*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5515*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, 5516*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. 5517*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined 5518*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newwrite\macscribble 5519*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\scantokens#1{% 5520*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0={#1}% 5521*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp 5522*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% 5523*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\closeout\macscribble 5524*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input \jobname.tmp 5525*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM } 5526*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 5527*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5528*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\scanmacro#1{% 5529*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 5530*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \newlinechar`\^^M 5531*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces 5532*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex 5533*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active 5534*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had 5535*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears 5536*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 5537*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ 5538*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % ... and \example 5539*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \spaceisspace 5540*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5541*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. 5542*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5543*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX 5544*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % --kasal, 29nov03 5545*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \scantokens{#1\endinput}% 5546*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 5547*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5548*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5549*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\scanexp#1{% 5550*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% 5551*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \temp 5552*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5553*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5554*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters 5555*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newtoks\macname % Macro name 5556*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? 5557*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\macrolist{} % List of all defined macros in the form 5558*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \do\macro1\do\macro2... 5559*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5560*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Utility routines. 5561*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, 5562*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname 5563*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (except of course we have to play expansion games). 5564*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5565*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\cslet#1#2{% 5566*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let 5567*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname 5568*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname#2\endcsname 5569*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5570*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5571*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. 5572*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). 5573*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`\@=11 5574*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} 5575*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} 5576*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} 5577*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unbrace#1{#1} 5578*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} 5579*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5580*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5581*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. 5582*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% 5583*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% 5584*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% 5585*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% 5586*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5587*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5588*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where 5589*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active 5590*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. 5591*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5592*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is 5593*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro 5594*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. 5595*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5596*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\scanctxt{% 5597*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\"=\other 5598*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\+=\other 5599*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\<=\other 5600*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\>=\other 5601*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\@=\other 5602*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^=\other 5603*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\_=\other 5604*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\|=\other 5605*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\~=\other 5606*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5607*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5608*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\scanargctxt{% 5609*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \scanctxt 5610*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\\=\other 5611*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^M=\other 5612*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5613*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5614*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\macrobodyctxt{% 5615*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \scanctxt 5616*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\{=\other 5617*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\}=\other 5618*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^M=\other 5619*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \usembodybackslash 5620*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5621*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5622*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\macroargctxt{% 5623*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \scanctxt 5624*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\\=\other 5625*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5626*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5627*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. 5628*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N 5629*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% where N is the macro parameter number. 5630*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so 5631*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. 5632*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5633*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active 5634*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} 5635*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} 5636*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5637*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} 5638*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5639*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} 5640*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} 5641*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5642*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\macroxxx#1{% 5643*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist 5644*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments 5645*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \paramno=0% 5646*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5647*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% 5648*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5649*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname 5650*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% 5651*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5652*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax 5653*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi 5654*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% 5655*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% 5656*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Add the macroname to \macrolist 5657*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}% 5658*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0 5659*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}% 5660*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5661*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup \macrobodyctxt 5662*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody 5663*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \expandafter\parsemacbody 5664*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi} 5665*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5666*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\unmacro{% 5667*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname 5668*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% 5669*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% 5670*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: 5671*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 5672*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax 5673*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\do\unmacrodo 5674*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% 5675*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 5676*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5677*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% 5678*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5679*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5680*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5681*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any 5682*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. 5683*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5684*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\unmacrodo#1{% 5685*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx#1\relax 5686*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % remove this 5687*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5688*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\do \noexpand #1% 5689*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5690*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5691*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5692*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a 5693*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by 5694*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. 5695*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} 5696*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} 5697*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} 5698*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} 5699*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5700*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist 5701*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah 5702*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. 5703*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). 5704*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5705*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. 5706*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something 5707*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine 5708*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% it to # just before using the token list produced. 5709*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5710*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before 5711*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the macro is used. 5712*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5713*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% 5714*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} 5715*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% 5716*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \if#1;\let\next=\relax 5717*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx 5718*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\paramno by 1% 5719*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname 5720*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% 5721*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% 5722*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\next} 5723*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5724*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. 5725*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) 5726*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5727*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% 5728*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% 5729*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% 5730*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% 5731*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5732*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and 5733*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. 5734*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Much magic with \expandafter here. 5735*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file 5736*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. 5737*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defmacro{% 5738*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars 5739*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifrecursive 5740*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcase\paramno 5741*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 0 5742*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% 5743*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% 5744*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or % 1 5745*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% 5746*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt 5747*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\braceorline 5748*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% 5749*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% 5750*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% 5751*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else % many 5752*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% 5753*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt 5754*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% 5755*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% 5756*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% 5757*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\expandafter 5758*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef 5759*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\expandafter 5760*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname 5761*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% 5762*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5763*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5764*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifcase\paramno 5765*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 0 5766*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% 5767*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% 5768*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% 5769*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \or % 1 5770*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% 5771*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt 5772*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\braceorline 5773*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% 5774*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% 5775*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup 5776*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% 5777*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% 5778*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else % many 5779*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% 5780*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt 5781*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% 5782*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% 5783*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% 5784*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\expandafter 5785*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef 5786*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\expandafter 5787*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname 5788*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \paramlist{% 5789*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup 5790*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% 5791*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% 5792*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5793*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi} 5794*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5795*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} 5796*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5797*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a 5798*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole 5799*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence 5800*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) 5801*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} 5802*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\braceorlinexxx{% 5803*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else 5804*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\parsearg 5805*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi \next} 5806*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5807*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We want to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not 5808*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% expanded by \write. 5809*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}% 5810*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} 5811*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5812*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% For \indexnofonts, we need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the 5813*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% arguments (if present). Of course this is not nearly correct, but it 5814*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% is the best we can do for now. makeinfo does not expand macros in the 5815*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% argument to @deffn, which ends up writing an index entry, and texindex 5816*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% isn't prepared for an index sort entry that starts with \. 5817*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5818*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them 5819*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that 5820*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% goes to end-of-line is not handled. 5821*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5822*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\emptyusermacros{\begingroup 5823*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\noexpand\asis}% 5824*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next} 5825*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5826*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5827*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @alias. 5828*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal 5829*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. 5830*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} 5831*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} 5832*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% 5833*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 5834*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty 5835*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% 5836*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5837*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next 5838*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5839*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5840*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5841*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{cross references,} 5842*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5843*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newwrite\auxfile 5844*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5845*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. 5846*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. 5847*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5848*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @inforef is relatively simple. 5849*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} 5850*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, 5851*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} 5852*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5853*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in 5854*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and 5855*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: 5856*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @node foo , bar , ... 5857*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. 5858*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5859*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} 5860*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5861*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: 5862*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs 5863*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} 5864*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} 5865*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5866*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\nwnode=\node 5867*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\lastnode=\empty 5868*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5869*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the 5870*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). 5871*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5872*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\donoderef#1{% 5873*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\lastnode\empty\else 5874*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% 5875*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\let\lastnode=\empty 5876*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5877*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5878*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5879*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. 5880*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5881*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount\savesfregister 5882*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5883*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} 5884*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} 5885*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} 5886*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5887*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an 5888*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% anchor), which consists of three parts: 5889*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, 5890*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% or the anchor name. 5891*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or 5892*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% empty for anchors. 5893*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. 5894*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5895*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of 5896*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: 5897*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. 5898*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5899*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setref#1#2{% 5900*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfmkdest{#1}% 5901*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iflinks 5902*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 5903*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them 5904*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \turnoffactive 5905*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \otherbackslash 5906*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% 5907*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef 5908*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef 5909*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5910*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% 5911*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% 5912*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. 5913*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout 5914*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5915*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5916*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 5917*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 5918*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is 5919*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed 5920*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed 5921*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. 5922*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 5923*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} 5924*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} 5925*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} 5926*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup 5927*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unsepspaces 5928*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% 5929*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% 5930*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% 5931*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% 5932*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt 5933*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % No printed node name was explicitly given. 5934*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax 5935*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Use the node name inside the square brackets. 5936*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% 5937*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5938*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside 5939*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. 5940*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt 5941*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. 5942*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% 5943*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5944*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifhavexrefs 5945*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We know the real title if we have the xref values. 5946*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% 5947*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5948*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. 5949*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% 5950*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi% 5951*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5952*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5953*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5954*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5955*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Make link in pdf output. 5956*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdf 5957*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leavevmode 5958*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \getfilename{#4}% 5959*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash 5960*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\filenamelength>0 5961*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% 5962*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}% 5963*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5964*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% 5965*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}% 5966*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5967*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5968*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \linkcolor 5969*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5970*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5971*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" 5972*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the 5973*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. 5974*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 5975*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to 5976*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % include an _ in the xref name, etc. 5977*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indexnofonts 5978*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \turnoffactive 5979*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \otherbackslash 5980*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle 5981*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname XR#1-title\endcsname 5982*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 5983*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iffloat\Xthisreftitle 5984*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, 5985*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". 5986*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt 5987*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \refx{#1-snt}% 5988*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5989*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \printedrefname 5990*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5991*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 5992*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append 5993*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % "in MANUALNAME". 5994*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt 5995*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% 5996*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 5997*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 5998*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % node/anchor (non-float) references. 5999*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6000*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not 6001*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will 6002*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals 6003*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this 6004*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it 6005*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. 6006*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt 6007*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% 6008*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6009*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the 6010*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand 6011*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of 6012*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the 6013*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. 6014*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash 6015*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for 6016*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. 6017*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% 6018*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi 6019*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6020*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. 6021*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname 6022*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6023*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % But we always want a comma and a space: 6024*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM ,\space 6025*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6026*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % output the `page 3'. 6027*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% 6028*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6029*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6030*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endlink 6031*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 6032*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6033*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref 6034*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, 6035*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly 6036*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% one that Bob is working on :). 6037*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6038*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} 6039*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6040*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Things referred to by \setref. 6041*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6042*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Ynothing{} 6043*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Yomitfromtoc{} 6044*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Ynumbered{% 6045*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\secno=0 6046*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno 6047*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 6048*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno 6049*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 6050*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno 6051*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6052*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno 6053*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi 6054*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6055*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Yappendix{% 6056*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum\secno=0 6057*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% 6058*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 6059*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno 6060*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 6061*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno 6062*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6063*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \putwordSection@tie 6064*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno 6065*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi\fi\fi 6066*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6067*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6068*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. 6069*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. 6070*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6071*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\refx#1#2{% 6072*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 6073*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indexnofonts 6074*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \otherbackslash 6075*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX 6076*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname XR#1\endcsname 6077*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6078*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\thisrefX\relax 6079*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If not defined, say something at least. 6080*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright 6081*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \iflinks 6082*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifhavexrefs 6083*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% 6084*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6085*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifwarnedxrefs\else 6086*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\warnedxrefstrue 6087*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% 6088*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6089*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6090*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6091*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6092*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % It's defined, so just use it. 6093*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \thisrefX 6094*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6095*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM #2% Output the suffix in any case. 6096*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6097*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6098*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's 6099*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid 6100*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. 6101*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6102*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\xrdef#1#2{% 6103*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value. 6104*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6105*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? 6106*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname 6107*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. 6108*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist 6109*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname 6110*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6111*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? 6112*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax 6113*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do 6114*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6115*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. 6116*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% 6117*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6118*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6119*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, 6120*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % for later use in \listoffloats. 6121*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}% 6122*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6123*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6124*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6125*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. 6126*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6127*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\tryauxfile{% 6128*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openin 1 \jobname.aux 6129*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 \else 6130*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \readauxfile 6131*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\havexrefstrue 6132*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6133*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \closein 1 6134*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6135*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6136*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\readauxfile{\begingroup 6137*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^@=\other 6138*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^A=\other 6139*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^B=\other 6140*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^C=\other 6141*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^D=\other 6142*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^E=\other 6143*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^F=\other 6144*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^G=\other 6145*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^H=\other 6146*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^K=\other 6147*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^L=\other 6148*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^N=\other 6149*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^P=\other 6150*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^Q=\other 6151*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^R=\other 6152*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^S=\other 6153*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^T=\other 6154*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^U=\other 6155*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^V=\other 6156*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^W=\other 6157*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^X=\other 6158*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^Z=\other 6159*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^[=\other 6160*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^\=\other 6161*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^]=\other 6162*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^^=\other 6163*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^_=\other 6164*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. 6165*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't 6166*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, 6167*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ 6168*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat 6169*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first 6170*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could 6171*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. 6172*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6173*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: 6174*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter 6175*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. 6176*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6177*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^=\other 6178*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6179*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... 6180*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\~=\other 6181*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\[=\other 6182*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\]=\other 6183*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\"=\other 6184*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\_=\other 6185*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\|=\other 6186*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\<=\other 6187*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\>=\other 6188*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\$=\other 6189*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\#=\other 6190*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\&=\other 6191*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\%=\other 6192*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off 6193*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6194*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ 6195*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than 6196*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ 6197*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* 6198*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that 6199*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for 6200*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % now. --karl, 15jan04. 6201*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\\=\other 6202*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6203*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. 6204*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 6205*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \count 1=128 6206*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\loop{% 6207*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode\count 1=\other 6208*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\count 1 by 1 6209*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi 6210*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6211*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6212*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6213*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. 6214*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\{=1 6215*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\}=2 6216*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\@=0 6217*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6218*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input \jobname.aux 6219*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 6220*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6221*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6222*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{insertions,} 6223*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% including footnotes. 6224*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6225*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newcount \footnoteno 6226*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6227*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is 6228*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a 6229*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is 6230*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a 6231*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) 6232*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } 6233*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6234*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. 6235*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\footnotestyle=\comment 6236*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6237*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode `\@=11 6238*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6239*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. 6240*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\footnote{% 6241*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\indent=\ptexindent 6242*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent 6243*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne 6244*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% 6245*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6246*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the 6247*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. 6248*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\@sf\empty 6249*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi 6250*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6251*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. 6252*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \unskip 6253*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \thisfootno\@sf 6254*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dofootnote 6255*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}% 6256*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6257*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the 6258*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. 6259*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6260*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses 6261*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when 6262*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. 6263*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6264*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\gdef\dofootnote{% 6265*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \insert\footins\bgroup 6266*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the 6267*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. 6268*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % So reset some parameters. 6269*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize=\pagewidth 6270*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty 6271*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes 6272*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox 6273*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \floatingpenalty\@MM 6274*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftskip\z@skip 6275*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \rightskip\z@skip 6276*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \spaceskip\z@skip 6277*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xspaceskip\z@skip 6278*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent\defaultparindent 6279*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6280*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \smallfonts \rm 6281*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6282*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears 6283*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use 6284*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote 6285*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). 6286*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\noindent = \relax 6287*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6288*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the 6289*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. 6290*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \everypar = {\hang}% 6291*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textindent{\thisfootno}% 6292*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6293*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this 6294*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it 6295*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. 6296*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \footstrut 6297*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \futurelet\next\fo@t 6298*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6299*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}%end \catcode `\@=11 6300*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6301*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create 6302*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion 6303*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% would be lost. 6304*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote 6305*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. 6306*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. 6307*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6308*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. 6309*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled 6310*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% out prematurely. 6311*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6312*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\startsavinginserts{% 6313*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx \insert\ptexinsert 6314*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\insert\saveinsert 6315*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6316*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\checkinserts\relax 6317*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6318*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6319*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6320*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and 6321*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. 6322*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6323*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\saveinsert#1{% 6324*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% 6325*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \afterassignment\next 6326*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % swallow the left brace 6327*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\temp = 6328*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6329*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} 6330*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} 6331*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6332*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} 6333*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6334*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\placesaveins#1{% 6335*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname 6336*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\box#1}% 6337*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6338*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6339*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: 6340*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{ 6341*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) 6342*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} 6343*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6344*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6345*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% initialization: 6346*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\newsaveins #1{% 6347*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% 6348*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \next 6349*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6350*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\newsaveinsX #1{% 6351*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname newbox\endcsname #1% 6352*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts 6353*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checksaveins #1}% 6354*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6355*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6356*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% initialize: 6357*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\checkinserts\empty 6358*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newsaveins\footins 6359*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newsaveins\margin 6360*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6361*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6362*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. 6363*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. 6364*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6365*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image 6366*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get 6367*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% undone and the next image would fail. 6368*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\openin 1 = epsf.tex 6369*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\ifeof 1 \else 6370*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in 6371*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). 6372*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% 6373*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input epsf.tex 6374*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\fi 6375*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\closein 1 6376*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6377*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. 6378*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifwarnednoepsf 6379*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to 6380*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get 6381*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} 6382*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6383*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\image#1{% 6384*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\epsfbox\undefined 6385*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifwarnednoepsf \else 6386*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errhelp = \noepsfhelp 6387*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% 6388*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\warnednoepsftrue 6389*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6390*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6391*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish 6392*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6393*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6394*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6395*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Arguments to @image: 6396*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. 6397*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. 6398*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. 6399*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. 6400*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. 6401*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newif\ifimagevmode 6402*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup 6403*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example 6404*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names 6405*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If the image is by itself, center it. 6406*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifvmode 6407*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \imagevmodetrue 6408*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\bigskip 6409*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert 6410*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space 6411*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % above and below. 6412*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak\vskip\parskip 6413*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \nobreak 6414*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \line\bgroup\hss 6415*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6416*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6417*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Output the image. 6418*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdf 6419*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% 6420*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6421*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. 6422*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi 6423*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi 6424*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \epsfbox{#1.eps}% 6425*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6426*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6427*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image 6428*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\endgroup} 6429*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6430*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6431*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, 6432*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the 6433*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. 6434*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6435*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} 6436*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6437*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. 6438*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} 6439*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6440*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically 6441*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, 6442*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. 6443*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6444*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to 6445*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% be referable. 6446*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6447*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It 6448*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). 6449*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6450*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each 6451*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% chapter-level command. 6452*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty 6453*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6454*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% 6455*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\thiscaption=\empty 6456*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\thisshortcaption=\empty 6457*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6458*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % don't lose footnotes inside @float. 6459*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6460*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an 6461*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 6462*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6463*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \startsavinginserts 6464*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6465*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We can't be used inside a paragraph. 6466*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \par 6467*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6468*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vtop\bgroup 6469*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\floattype{#1}% 6470*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\floatlabel{#2}% 6471*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. 6472*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6473*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\floattype\empty 6474*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\safefloattype=\empty 6475*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6476*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 6477*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, 6478*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. 6479*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indexnofonts 6480*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \turnoffactive 6481*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% 6482*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6483*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6484*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6485*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. 6486*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else 6487*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, 6488*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) 6489*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6490*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname 6491*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \global\advance\floatno by 1 6492*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6493*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 6494*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the 6495*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float 6496*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % labels (which have a completely different output format) from 6497*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the 6498*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % lists of floats. 6499*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6500*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% 6501*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% 6502*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6503*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6504*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6505*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % start with \parskip glue, I guess. 6506*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip\parskip 6507*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6508*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. 6509*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \restorefirstparagraphindent 6510*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6511*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6512*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% we have these possibilities: 6513*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap 6514*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 6515*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap 6516*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float Foo & no caption: Foo 6517*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap 6518*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 6519*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap 6520*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @float & no caption: 6521*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6522*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Efloat{% 6523*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\floatident = \empty 6524*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6525*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. 6526*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi 6527*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6528*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. 6529*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else 6530*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. 6531*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% 6532*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6533*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the number. 6534*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% 6535*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6536*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6537*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in 6538*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. 6539*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\captionline = \floatident 6540*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6541*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else 6542*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\floatident\empty \else 6543*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between 6544*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6545*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6546*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % caption text. 6547*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% 6548*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6549*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6550*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. 6551*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. 6552*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\captionline\empty \else 6553*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip.5\parskip 6554*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \captionline 6555*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6556*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Space below caption. 6557*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vskip\parskip 6558*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6559*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6560*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this 6561*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. 6562*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else 6563*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as 6564*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short 6565*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. 6566*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 6567*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \atdummies \turnoffactive \otherbackslash 6568*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M 6569*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so 6570*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. 6571*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \scanexp{% 6572*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% 6573*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty 6574*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \thiscaption 6575*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6576*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \thisshortcaption 6577*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6578*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6579*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6580*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident 6581*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% 6582*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6583*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6584*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \egroup % end of \vtop 6585*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6586*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % place the captured inserts 6587*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6588*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an 6589*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 6590*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6591*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \checkinserts 6592*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6593*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6594*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. 6595*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6596*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% 6597*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% 6598*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6599*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6600*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @caption, @shortcaption 6601*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6602*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} 6603*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} 6604*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} 6605*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} 6606*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6607*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are 6608*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. 6609*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\getfloatno#1{% 6610*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx#1\relax 6611*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Haven't seen this figure type before. 6612*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname newcount\endcsname #1% 6613*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6614*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. 6615*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos 6616*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% 6617*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6618*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\floatno#1% 6619*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6620*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6621*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref 6622*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we 6623*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% first read the @float command. 6624*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6625*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% 6626*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6627*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can 6628*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% distinguish floats from other xref types. 6629*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} 6630*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6631*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional 6632*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic 6633*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \thissection value which we \setref above. 6634*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6635*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} 6636*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6637*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the 6638*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. 6639*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6640*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% 6641*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\temp{#1}% 6642*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\iffloattype{#2}% 6643*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\temp\floatmagic 6644*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6645*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6646*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. 6647*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6648*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\listoffloats{% 6649*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\floattype{#1}% floattype 6650*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {% 6651*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, 6652*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. 6653*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \indexnofonts 6654*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \turnoffactive 6655*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% 6656*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM }% 6657*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6658*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. 6659*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax 6660*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifhavexrefs 6661*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. 6662*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% 6663*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6664*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6665*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \begingroup 6666*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc 6667*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \let\do=\listoffloatsdo 6668*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname 6669*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 6670*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6671*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6672*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6673*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the 6674*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the 6675*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which 6676*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. 6677*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6678*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since 6679*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% they won't appear in the aux file). 6680*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6681*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} 6682*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% 6683*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just 6684*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the 6685*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link 6686*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % in pdf output. 6687*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% 6688*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6689*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. 6690*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% 6691*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \writeentry 6692*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6693*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6694*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{localization,} 6695*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and i18n. 6696*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6697*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after 6698*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything 6699*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. 6700*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. 6701*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6702*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% 6703*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. 6704*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Read the file if it exists. 6705*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \openin 1 txi-#1.tex 6706*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifeof 1 6707*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errhelp = \nolanghelp 6708*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% 6709*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6710*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \input txi-#1.tex 6711*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6712*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \closein 1 6713*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \endgroup 6714*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6715*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or 6716*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COMis empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory 6717*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COMshould work if nowhere else does.} 6718*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6719*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6720*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most 6721*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% likely, but for now just recognize it. 6722*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let\documentencoding = \comment 6723*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6724*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6725*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Page size parameters. 6726*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6727*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt 6728*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6729*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt 6730*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt 6731*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt 6732*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6733*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. 6734*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\vbadness = 10000 6735*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6736*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. 6737*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\hbadness = 2000 6738*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6739*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. 6740*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\widowpenalty=10000 6741*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\clubpenalty=10000 6742*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6743*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're 6744*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of 6745*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on 6746*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. 6747*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6748*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\setemergencystretch{% 6749*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined 6750*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. 6751*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% 6752*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \else 6753*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \emergencystretch = .15\hsize 6754*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6755*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6756*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6757*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset; 6758*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8) 6759*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% physical page width. 6760*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6761*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define 6762*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. 6763*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6764*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% 6765*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \voffset = #3\relax 6766*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \topskip = #6\relax 6767*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \splittopskip = \topskip 6768*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6769*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \vsize = #1\relax 6770*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\vsize by \topskip 6771*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \outervsize = \vsize 6772*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin 6773*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pageheight = \vsize 6774*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6775*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hsize = #2\relax 6776*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \outerhsize = \hsize 6777*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in 6778*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pagewidth = \hsize 6779*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6780*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \normaloffset = #4\relax 6781*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \bindingoffset = #5\relax 6782*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6783*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \ifpdf 6784*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfpageheight #7\relax 6785*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \pdfpagewidth #8\relax 6786*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \fi 6787*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6788*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setleading{\textleading} 6789*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6790*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parindent = \defaultparindent 6791*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setemergencystretch 6792*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 6793*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6794*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @letterpaper (the default). 6795*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 6796*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt 6797*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textleading = 13.2pt 6798*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6799*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. 6800*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% 6801*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\voffset}{.25in}% 6802*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% 6803*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {11in}{8.5in}% 6804*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6805*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6806*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format. 6807*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 6808*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt 6809*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textleading = 12pt 6810*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6811*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% 6812*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\voffset}{.25in}% 6813*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% 6814*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {9.25in}{7in}% 6815*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6816*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lispnarrowing = 0.3in 6817*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tolerance = 700 6818*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfuzz = 1pt 6819*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contentsrightmargin = 0pt 6820*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defbodyindent = .5cm 6821*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6822*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6823*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. 6824*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 6825*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt 6826*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textleading = 13.2pt 6827*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6828*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 6829*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. 6830*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust 6831*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then 6832*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in 6833*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % your texinfo source file like this: 6834*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @tex 6835*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \global\normaloffset = -6mm 6836*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm 6837*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % @end tex 6838*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} 6839*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\voffset}{\hoffset}% 6840*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% 6841*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {297mm}{210mm}% 6842*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6843*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tolerance = 700 6844*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfuzz = 1pt 6845*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contentsrightmargin = 0pt 6846*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defbodyindent = 5mm 6847*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6848*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6849*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. 6850*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. 6851*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. 6852*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 6853*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt 6854*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \textleading = 12.5pt 6855*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6856*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% 6857*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\voffset}{\hoffset}% 6858*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% 6859*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {210mm}{148mm}% 6860*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6861*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \lispnarrowing = 0.2in 6862*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tolerance = 800 6863*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \hfuzz = 1.2pt 6864*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \contentsrightmargin = 0pt 6865*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \defbodyindent = 2mm 6866*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \tableindent = 12mm 6867*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6868*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6869*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. 6870*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 6871*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \afourpaper 6872*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% 6873*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\voffset}{4.6mm}% 6874*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% 6875*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {297mm}{210mm}% 6876*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6877*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. 6878*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \globaldefs = 0 6879*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6880*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6881*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. 6882*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 6883*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \afourpaper 6884*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% 6885*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% 6886*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% 6887*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {297mm}{210mm}% 6888*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \globaldefs = 0 6889*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6890*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6891*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] 6892*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, 6893*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. 6894*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6895*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} 6896*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% 6897*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi 6898*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \globaldefs = 1 6899*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6900*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt 6901*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \setleading{\textleading}% 6902*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6903*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen0 = #1 6904*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\dimen0 by \voffset 6905*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6906*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \dimen2 = \hsize 6907*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset 6908*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM % 6909*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% 6910*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% 6911*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% 6912*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% 6913*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM}} 6914*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6915*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Set default to letter. 6916*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6917*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\letterpaper 6918*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6919*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6920*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} 6921*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6922*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. 6923*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\"=\other 6924*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\~=\other 6925*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\^=\other 6926*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\_=\other 6927*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\|=\other 6928*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\<=\other 6929*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\>=\other 6930*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\+=\other 6931*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\$=\other 6932*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normaldoublequote{"} 6933*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normaltilde{~} 6934*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normalcaret{^} 6935*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normalunderscore{_} 6936*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normalverticalbar{|} 6937*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normalless{<} 6938*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normalgreater{>} 6939*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normalplus{+} 6940*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix 6941*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6942*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt 6943*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, 6944*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% where something hairier probably needs to be done. 6945*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6946*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print 6947*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero 6948*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all 6949*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. 6950*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 6951*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} 6952*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6953*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches 6954*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from 6955*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway 6956*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% this is not a problem. 6957*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} 6958*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6959*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Turn off all special characters except @ 6960*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). 6961*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can 6962*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. 6963*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6964*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\"=\active 6965*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} 6966*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\let"=\activedoublequote 6967*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\~=\active 6968*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def~{{\tt\char126}} 6969*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef\hat=`\^ 6970*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\^=\active 6971*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def^{{\tt \hat}} 6972*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6973*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\_=\active 6974*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} 6975*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Subroutine for the previous macro. 6976*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } 6977*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6978*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\|=\active 6979*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def|{{\tt\char124}} 6980*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef \less=`\< 6981*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\<=\active 6982*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def<{{\tt \less}} 6983*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\chardef \gtr=`\> 6984*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\>=\active 6985*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def>{{\tt \gtr}} 6986*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\+=\active 6987*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def+{{\tt \char 43}} 6988*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\$=\active 6989*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix 6990*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6991*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file 6992*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. 6993*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. 6994*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. 6995*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} 6996*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6997*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\@=0 6998*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 6999*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, 7000*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% as in \char`\\. 7001*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ 7002*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work 7003*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7004*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. 7005*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with 7006*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% catcode other. 7007*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`\\=\active 7008*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} 7009*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} 7010*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 7011*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7012*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other. 7013*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}} 7014*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7015*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. 7016*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}} 7017*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7018*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM\catcode`\\=\active 7019*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7020*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters 7021*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% even after parsing them. 7022*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@def@turnoffactive{% 7023*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let"=@normaldoublequote 7024*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let\=@realbackslash 7025*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let~=@normaltilde 7026*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let^=@normalcaret 7027*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let_=@normalunderscore 7028*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let|=@normalverticalbar 7029*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let<=@normalless 7030*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let>=@normalgreater 7031*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let+=@normalplus 7032*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix 7033*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @unsepspaces 7034*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 7035*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7036*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of 7037*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in 7038*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% effect.) 7039*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 7040*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} 7041*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7042*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. 7043*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. 7044*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@otherifyactive 7045*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7046*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. 7047*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing 7048*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% a backslash. 7049*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 7050*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} 7051*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@global@let\ = @eatinput 7052*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7053*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then 7054*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix 7055*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. 7056*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input 7057*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. 7058*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% 7059*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@gdef@fixbackslash{% 7060*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi 7061*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @catcode`+=@active 7062*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM @catcode`@_=@active 7063*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM} 7064*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7065*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. 7066*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@escapechar = `@@ 7067*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7068*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. 7069*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@catcode`@& = @other 7070*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@catcode`@# = @other 7071*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@catcode`@% = @other 7072*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7073*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7074*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c Local variables: 7075*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) 7076*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" 7077*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" 7078*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" 7079*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c time-stamp-end: "}" 7080*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c End: 7081*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7082*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@c vim:sw=2: 7083*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM 7084*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@ignore 7085*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 7086*8044SWilliam.Kucharski@Sun.COM@end ignore 7087